Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One)
x	QUARTERLY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
For the quarterly period ended March 31, 2012
OR
 
¨	TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934	
Commission File Number 001-32502

Warner Music Group Corp.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 
 	 	 	
Delaware	 	13-4271875	
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)	 	(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)	
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019
(Address of principal executive offices)
(212) 275-2000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes   ¨     No   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes   x     No   ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer”, “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer	 	¨	  	Accelerated filer	 	¨	
 	 	 	 	
Non-accelerated filer	 	x  (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)	  	Smaller reporting company	 	¨	
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.)    Yes  ¨    No  x
There is no public market for the Registrant’s common stock. As of May 15, 2012 the number of shares of the Registrant’s common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding was 1,000. All of the Registrant’s common stock is owned by AI Entertainment Holdings LLC (formerly Airplanes Music LLC), which is an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc.

 

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
INDEX

 	  	 	  	Page	 	
Part I.	  	Financial Information	  	 	 	 	
Item 1.	  	Financial Statements (Unaudited)	  	 	3	  	
 	  	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2011	  	 	3	  	
 	  	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Three and Six Months Ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)	  	 	4	  	
 	  	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Six Months Ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)	  	 	5	  	
 	  	Consolidated Statement of Equity for the Six Months Ended March 31, 2012	  	 	6	  	
 	  	Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements	  	 	7	  	
 	  	Supplementary Information—Consolidating Financial Statements	  	 	22	  	
Item 2.	  	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations	  	 	35	  	
Item 3.	  	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk	  	 	70	  	
Item 4.	  	Controls and Procedures	  	 	70	  	
Part II.	  	Other Information	  	 	71	  	
Item 1.	  	Legal Proceedings	  	 	71	  	
Item 1A.	  	Risk Factors	  	 	72	  	
Item 2.	  	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds	  	 	82	  	
Item 3.	  	Defaults Upon Senior Securities	  	 	82	  	
Item 4.	  	Mine Safety Disclosures	  	 	82	  	
Item 5.	  	Other Information	  	 	82	  	
Item 6.	  	Exhibits	  	 	83	  	
Signatures	  	 	84	  	
 
2

Table of Contents
ITEM 1.	FINANCIAL STATEMENTS	
Warner Music Group Corp.
Consolidated Balance Sheets (Unaudited)

 	  	March 31,
2012	 	 	September 30,
2011	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Assets	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and equivalents	  	$	272	  	 	$	154	  	
Accounts receivable, less allowances of $73 and $40 million	  	 	306	  	 	 	385	  	
Inventories	  	 	27	  	 	 	29	  	
Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year	  	 	129	  	 	 	135	  	
Deferred tax assets	  	 	54	  	 	 	54	  	
Other current assets	  	 	50	  	 	 	45	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	  	 	838	  	 	 	802	  	
Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year	  	 	158	  	 	 	173	  	
Property, plant and equipment, net	  	 	172	  	 	 	182	  	
Goodwill	  	 	1,376	  	 	 	1,372	  	
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net	  	 	2,588	  	 	 	2,678	  	
Intangible assets not subject to amortization	  	 	102	  	 	 	102	  	
Other assets	  	 	70	  	 	 	71	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	  	$	5,304	  	 	$	5,380	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Liabilities and Equity	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	  	$	143	  	 	$	165	  	
Accrued royalties	  	 	1,004	  	 	 	974	  	
Accrued liabilities	  	 	202	  	 	 	217	  	
Accrued interest	  	 	89	  	 	 	55	  	
Deferred revenue	  	 	102	  	 	 	101	  	
Other current liabilities	  	 	3	  	 	 	10	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	  	 	1,543	  	 	 	1,522	  	
Long-term debt	  	 	2,212	  	 	 	2,217	  	
Deferred tax liabilities	  	 	401	  	 	 	411	  	
Other noncurrent liabilities	  	 	136	  	 	 	148	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	  	 	4,292	  	 	 	4,298	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 8)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Equity:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Common stock ($0.001 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 1,000 shares issued and outstanding)	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Additional paid-in capital	  	 	1,129	  	 	 	1,129	  	
Accumulated deficit	  	 	(93	) 	 	 	(31	) 	
Accumulated other comprehensive loss, net	  	 	(41	) 	 	 	(33	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Warner Music Group Corp. equity	  	 	995	  	 	 	1,065	  	
Noncontrolling interest	  	 	17	  	 	 	17	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total equity	  	 	1,012	  	 	 	1,082	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and equity	  	$	5,304	  	 	$	5,380	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes.
 
3

Table of Contents
Warner Music Group Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Operations (Unaudited)

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	
 	  	Three Months
Ended
March 31,	 	 	Six Months
Ended
March 31,	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	
 	  	(in millions, except per share data)	 	
Revenues	  	$	628	  	 	 	  	$	684	  	 	$	1,407	  	 	 	  	$	1,462	  	
Costs and expenses:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cost of revenues	  	 	(323	) 	 	 	  	 	(359	) 	 	 	(747	) 	 	 	  	 	(790	) 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses (a)	  	 	(233	) 	 	 	  	 	(252	) 	 	 	(501	) 	 	 	  	 	(518	) 	
Transaction costs	  	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	(2	) 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(50	) 	 	 	  	 	(55	) 	 	 	(98	) 	 	 	  	 	(109	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total costs and expenses	  	 	(606	) 	 	 	  	 	(668	) 	 	 	(1,346	) 	 	 	  	 	(1,419	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	22	  	 	 	  	 	16	  	 	 	61	  	 	 	  	 	43	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	(56	) 	 	 	  	 	(47	) 	 	 	(113	) 	 	 	  	 	(94	) 	
Other income (expense), net	  	 	2	  	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Loss before income taxes	  	 	(32	) 	 	 	  	 	(32	) 	 	 	(52	) 	 	 	  	 	(52	) 	
Income tax expense	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	(7	) 	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	  	 	(5	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	(34	) 	 	 	  	 	(39	) 	 	 	(60	) 	 	 	  	 	(57	) 	
Less: (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	1	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	1	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net loss attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.	  	$	(36	) 	 	 	  	$	(38	) 	 	$	(62	) 	 	 	  	$	(56	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net loss per common share attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Basic	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	$	(0.25	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	$	(0.37	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Diluted	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	$	(0.25	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	$	(0.37	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Weighted average common shares:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Basic	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	150.5	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	150.2	  	
Diluted	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	150.5	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	150.2	  	
(a) Includes depreciation expense of:	  	$	(13	) 	 	 	  	$	(11	) 	 	$	(25	) 	 	 	  	$	(20	) 	
See accompanying notes.
 
4

Table of Contents
Warner Music Group Corp.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Unaudited)

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	
 	  	Six Months
Ended
March 31, 2012	 	 	  	  	Six Months
Ended
March 31, 2011	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Cash flows from operating activities	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	$	(60	) 	 	 	  	$	(57	) 	
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	123	  	 	 	  	 	129	  	
Deferred income taxes	  	 	(9	) 	 	 	  	 	(8	) 	
Non-cash interest (income) expense	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	  	 	6	  	
Non-cash share-based compensation expense	  	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	7	  	
Other non-cash items	  	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	  	 	76	  	 	 	  	 	105	  	
Inventories	  	 	2	  	 	 	  	 	7	  	
Royalty advances	  	 	21	  	 	 	  	 	(35	) 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	  	 	(62	) 	 	 	  	 	(154	) 	
Royalties payable	  	 	26	  	 	 	  	 	(16	) 	
Accrued interest	  	 	34	  	 	 	  	 	1	  	
Other balance sheet changes	  	 	(4	) 	 	 	  	 	9	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	  	 	146	  	 	 	  	 	(7	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Investments and acquisitions of businesses	  	 	(5	) 	 	 	  	 	(57	) 	
Acquisition of publishing rights	  	 	(13	) 	 	 	  	 	(47	) 	
Proceeds from the sale of music catalog	  	 	2	  	 	 	  	 	—  	  	
Capital expenditures	  	 	(13	) 	 	 	  	 	(22	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	  	 	(29	) 	 	 	  	 	(126	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Distributions to noncontrolling interest holders	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and equivalents	  	 	3	  	 	 	  	 	14	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Net increase (decrease) in cash and equivalents	  	 	118	  	 	 	  	 	(120	) 	
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period	  	 	154	  	 	 	  	 	439	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Cash and equivalents at end of period	  	$	272	  	 	 	  	$	319	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes.
 
5

Table of Contents
Warner Music Group Corp.
Consolidated Statement of Equity (Unaudited)

 	 	Common Stock	 	 	Additional
Paid-in	 	 	Accumulated	 	 	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive	 	 	Total
Warner Music
Group Corp.	 	 	Noncontrolling	 	 	Total	 	
 	 	Shares	 	 	Value	 	 	Capital	 	 	Deficit	 	 	Loss	 	 	Equity	 	 	Interests	 	 	Equity	 	
 	 	(in millions, except per share amounts)	 	
Balance at September 30, 2011	 	 	1,000	  	 	$	0.001	  	 	$	1,129	  	 	$	(31	) 	 	$	(33	) 	 	$	1,065	  	 	$	17	  	 	$	1,082	  	
Comprehensive loss:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	(60	) 	
Foreign currency translation adjustment	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total comprehensive loss	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(70	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	(68	) 	
Noncontrolling interests	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(2	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Balance at March 31, 2012	 	 	1,000	  	 	$	0.001	  	 	$	1,129	  	 	$	(93	) 	 	$	(41	) 	 	$	995	  	 	$	17	  	 	$	1,012	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
See accompanying notes.
 
6

Table of Contents
Warner Music Group Corp.
Notes to Consolidated Interim Financial Statements (Unaudited)
1. Description of Business
Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) was formed on November 21, 2003. The Company is the direct parent of WMG Holdings Corp. (“Holdings”), which is the direct parent of WMG Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition Corp.”). Acquisition Corp. is one of the world’s major music-based content companies.
Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC (formerly Airplanes Music LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Parent”) and an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc. (“Access”), and Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), on July 20, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”).
On the Closing Date, in connection with the Merger, each outstanding share of common stock of the Company (other than any shares owned by the Company or its wholly owned subsidiaries, or by Parent and its affiliates, or by any stockholders who were entitled to and who properly exercised appraisal rights under Delaware law, and shares of unvested restricted stock granted under the Company’s equity plan) was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive $8.25 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes (collectively, the “Merger Consideration”).
On the Closing Date, the Company notified the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) of its intent to remove the Company’s common stock from listing on the NYSE and requested that the NYSE file with the SEC an application on Form 25 to report the delisting of the Company’s common stock from the NYSE. On July 21, 2011, in accordance with the Company’s request, the NYSE filed the Form 25 with the SEC in order to provide notification of such delisting and to effect the deregistration of the Company’s common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). On August 2, 2011 the Company filed a Form 15 with the SEC in order to provide notification of a suspension of its duty to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company has continued to file reports with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act in accordance with certain covenants contained in the instruments governing the Company’s outstanding indebtedness. Additionally, the Company filed two exchange offer registration statements with the SEC in connection with the registration of its guarantee of the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Acquisition Corp. and the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued by Holdings, both of which became effective on March 16, 2012. As a result, the Company is currently required to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company has included condensed consolidating financial information as a condition to omitting separate financial statements for Acquisition Corp. and Holdings under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act as permitted by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.
Parent funded the Merger Consideration through cash on hand at the Company at closing, equity financing obtained from Parent and debt financing obtained from third-party lenders.
Although the Company continued as the same legal entity after the Merger, the accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented for the “Predecessor” and “Successor” relating to the periods preceding and succeeding the Merger, respectively. As a result of the Company applying the acquisition method of accounting, the Successor period financial statements reflect a new basis of accounting, while the Predecessor financial statements have been prepared using the Company’s historical cost basis of accounting. As a result, the Predecessor and Successor financial statements are not comparable. There have been no changes in the business operations of the Company due to the Merger.
See Note 4 for further discussion on the Merger and purchase price. The accounting for this transaction has been “pushed down” to the Company’s financial statements.
The Company classifies its business interests into two fundamental operations: Recorded Music and Music Publishing. A brief description of these operations is presented below.
Recorded Music Operations
The Company’s Recorded Music business primarily consists of the discovery and development of artists and the related marketing, distribution and licensing of recorded music produced by such artists.

The Company is also diversifying its revenues beyond its traditional businesses by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to partner with artists in other areas of their careers. Under these agreements, the Company provides services to and participates in artists’ activities outside the traditional recorded music business. The Company has built artist services capabilities and platforms for exploiting this broader set of music-related rights and participating more broadly in the monetization of the artist brands it helps create. In developing the Company’s artist services business, the Company has both built and expanded in-house capabilities and expertise and has acquired a number of existing artist services companies involved in artist management, merchandising, strategic marketing and brand management, ticketing, concert promotion, fan clubs, original programming and video
 
7

Table of Contents
entertainment. The Company believes that entering into expanded-rights deals and enhancing its artist services capabilities associated with the Company’s artists and other artists will permit it to diversify revenue streams to better capitalize on the growth areas of the music industry and permit it to build stronger, long-term relationships with artists and more effectively connect artists and fans.
In the U.S., Recorded Music operations are conducted principally through the Company’s major record labels—Warner Bros. Records and the Atlantic Records Group. The Company’s Recorded Music operations also include Rhino, a division that specializes in marketing the Company’s music catalog through compilations and reissuances of previously released music and video titles, as well as in the licensing of recordings to and from third parties for various uses, including film and television soundtracks. Rhino has also become the Company’s primary licensing division focused on acquiring broader licensing rights from certain catalog artists. For example, the Company has an exclusive license with The Grateful Dead to manage the band’s intellectual property and a 50% interest in Frank Sinatra Enterprises, an entity that administers licenses for use of Frank Sinatra’s name and likeness and manages all aspects of his music, film and stage content. The Company also conducts its Recorded Music operations through a collection of additional record labels, including, among others, Asylum, East West, Elektra, Nonesuch, Reprise, Roadrunner, Rykodisc, Sire and Word.
Outside the U.S., Recorded Music activities are conducted in more than 50 countries primarily through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees, which the Company sometimes refers to collectively as Warner Music International, or WMI. WMI engages in the same activities as the Company’s U.S. labels: discovering and signing artists and distributing, marketing and selling their recorded music. In most cases, WMI also markets and distributes the records of those artists for whom the Company’s U.S. record labels have international rights. In certain smaller markets, WMI licenses to unaffiliated third-party record labels the right to distribute its records. The Company’s international artist services operations also include a network of concert promoters through which WMI provides resources to coordinate tours for the Company’s artists and other artists.
Recorded Music distribution operations include: WEA Corp., which markets and sells music and DVD products to retailers and wholesale distributors in the U.S.; ADA, which distributes the products of independent labels to retail and wholesale distributors in the U.S.; various distribution centers and ventures operated internationally; an 80% interest in Word, which specializes in the distribution of music products in the Christian retail marketplace and ADA Global, which provides distribution services outside of the U.S. through a network of affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.
The Company plays an integral role in virtually all aspects of the recorded music value chain from discovering and developing talent to producing albums and promoting artists and their products. After an artist has entered into a contract with one of the Company’s record labels, a master recording of the artist’s music is created. The recording is then replicated for sale to consumers primarily in CD and digital formats. In the U.S., WEA Corp., ADA and Word market, sell and deliver product, either directly or through sub-distributors and wholesalers, to record stores, mass merchants and other retailers. The Company’s recorded music products are also sold in physical form to online physical retailers such as Amazon.com, barnesandnoble.com and bestbuy.com and in digital form to online digital retailers like Apple’s iTunes and mobile full-track download stores such as those operated by Verizon or Sprint. The Company is also selling recorded music products through other digital distribution channels such as streaming or subscription services. In the case of expanded-rights deals where the Company acquires broader rights in a recording artist’s career, the Company may provide more comprehensive career support and actively develop new opportunities for an artist through touring, fan clubs, merchandising and sponsorships, among other areas. The Company believes expanded-rights deals create better partnerships with its artists, which allow the Company and its artists to work together more closely to create and sustain artistic and commercial success.
The Company has integrated the sale of digital content into all aspects of its Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses including A&R, marketing, promotion and distribution. The Company’s new media executives work closely with A&R departments to make sure that while a record is being made, digital assets are also created with all distribution channels in mind, including subscription services, social networking sites, online portals and music-centered destinations. The Company works side by side with its mobile and online partners to test new concepts. The Company believes existing and new digital businesses will be a significant source of growth for the next several years and will provide new opportunities to monetize its assets and create new revenue streams. As a music-based content company, the Company has assets that go beyond its recorded music and music publishing catalogs, such as its music video library, which it has begun to monetize through digital channels. The proportion of digital revenues attributed to each distribution channel varies by region and since digital music is in the relatively early stages of growth, proportions may change as the roll out of new technologies continues. As an owner of musical content, the Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of growth in digital distribution and emerging technologies to maximize the value of its assets.
Music Publishing Operations
Where recorded music is focused on exploiting a particular recording of a composition, music publishing is an intellectual property business focused on the exploitation of the composition itself. In return for promoting, placing, marketing and administering the creative output of a songwriter, or engaging in those activities for other rights holders, the Company’s Music Publishing business garners a share of the revenues generated from use of the composition.

The Company’s Music Publishing operations include Warner/Chappell, its global Music Publishing company, headquartered in Los Angeles with operations in over 50 countries through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. The Company owns or controls rights to more than one million musical compositions, including numerous pop hits, American standards, folk songs
 
8

Table of Contents
and motion picture and theatrical compositions. Assembled over decades, its award-winning catalog includes over 65,000 songwriters and composers and a diverse range of genres including pop, rock, jazz, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, folk, blues, symphonic, soul, Broadway, techno, alternative, gospel and other Christian music. In January 2011, the Company acquired Southside Independent Music Publishing, a leading independent music publishing company, further adding to its catalog. Warner/Chappell also administers the music and soundtracks of several third-party television and film producers and studios, including Lucasfilm, Ltd., Hallmark Entertainment, Disney Music Publishing and Turner Music Publishing. In 2007, the Company entered the production music library business with the acquisition of Non-Stop Music and further expanded its production music operations with the acquisitions of Groove Addicts Production Music Library and Carlin Recorded Music Library in 2010 and 615 Music in 2011, collectively branded as Warner/Chappell Production Music.
2. Basis of Presentation
Interim Financial Statements
The accompanying unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. (“U.S. GAAP”) for interim financial information and with the instructions to Form 10-Q and Article 10 of Regulation S-X. Accordingly, they do not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements. In the opinion of management, all adjustments (consisting of normal recurring accruals) considered necessary for a fair presentation have been included. Operating results for the three and six month periods ended March 31, 2012 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the twelve months ended September 30, 2012.
The consolidated balance sheet at September 30, 2011 has been derived from the audited consolidated financial statements at that date but does not include all of the information and footnotes required by U.S. GAAP for complete financial statements.
For further information, refer to the consolidated financial statements and footnotes thereto included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011(File No. 001-32502).
Basis of Consolidation
The accompanying financial statements present the consolidated accounts of all entities in which the Company has a controlling voting interest and/or variable interest entities required to be consolidated in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated. Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior fiscal years’ consolidated financial statements to conform with the current fiscal-year presentation.
Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 810, Consolidation (“ASC 810”) requires the Company first evaluate its investments to determine if any investments qualify as a variable interest entity (“VIE”). A VIE is consolidated if the Company is deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the VIE, which is the party involved with the VIE that has both (i) the power to control the most significant activities of the VIE and (ii) either the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIE. If an entity is not deemed to be a VIE, the Company consolidates the entity if the Company has a controlling voting interest.
The Company maintains a 52-53 week fiscal year ending on the Friday nearest to each reporting date. As such, all references to March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 relate to the three and six-month periods ended March 30, 2012 and March 25, 2011, respectively. For convenience purposes, the Company continues to date its financial statements as of March 31.
The Company has performed a review of all subsequent events through the date the financial statements were issued, and has determined no additional disclosures are necessary.
New Accounting Pronouncements
During the second quarter of fiscal 2012, the Company adopted ASU 2011-04, Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Amendments to Achieve Common Fair Value Measurement and Disclosure Requirements in U.S. GAAP and IFRS.  ASU 2011-04 provides a consistent definition of fair value and ensures that the fair value measurement and disclosure requirements are similar between U.S. GAAP and International Financial Reporting Standards. ASU 2011-04 changes certain fair value measurement principles and enhances the disclosure requirements particularly for level 3 fair value measurements. The adoption of this standard update did not have a significant impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-05, Presentation of Comprehensive Income. ASU 2011-05 requires entities to present items of net income and other comprehensive income either in one continuous statement, referred to as the statement of comprehensive income, or in two separate, but consecutive, statements of net income and other comprehensive income. In addition, in December 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-12,  Deferral of the Effective Date for Amendments to the Presentation of Reclassifications of Items Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income in Accounting Standards Update No. 2011-05.  ASU 2011-12 defers the requirement to present components of reclassifications of comprehensive income on the statement of comprehensive income, with all other requirements of ASU 2011-05 unaffected. Both ASU 2011-05 and 2011-12 will be effective as of October 1, 2012 for the Company and are not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements, other than presentation.
 
9

Table of Contents
In September 2011, the FASB issued ASU 2011-08, Testing Goodwill for Impairment. ASU 2011-08 provides entities with an option to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether further impairment testing is necessary. ASU 2011-08 is effective for annual and interim goodwill impairment tests performed for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2011, with early adoption permitted. This standard is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statements.
3. Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Comprehensive (loss) income consists of net loss and other gains and losses affecting equity that, under U.S. GAAP, are excluded from net (loss) income. For the Company, the components of other comprehensive (loss) income primarily consist of foreign currency translation gains and losses and deferred gains and losses on financial instruments designated as hedges under FASB ASC Topic 815,  Derivatives and Hedging  (“ASC 815”), which include foreign exchange contracts. The following summary sets forth the components of accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of related taxes:

 	  	Foreign
Currency
Translation
Loss	 	 	Minimum
Pension
Liability
Adjustment	 	  	Derivative
Financial
Instruments
Gain	 	  	Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Balance at September 30, 2011	  	$	(35	) 	 	$	1	  	  	$	1	  	  	$	(33	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Activity through March 31, 2012	  	 	(8	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	  	 	(8	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at March 31, 2012	  	$	(43	) 	 	$	1	  	  	$	1	  	  	$	(41	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
4. Merger
As further described in Note 1, as a result of the Merger, effective as of July 20, 2011, the Company was acquired by Parent. Transaction costs of approximately $53 million were expensed as follows: $10 million and $43 million from July 20, 2011 to September 30, 2011 (Successor) and from October 1, 2010 to July 19, 2011 (Predecessor), respectively.
The Merger was accounted for in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations, using the acquisition method of accounting. The assets and liabilities of the Company, including identifiable intangible assets, have been measured at their fair value primarily using Level 3 inputs (see Note 12 for additional information on fair value inputs). Determining the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed requires judgment and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions, including assumptions with respect to future cash inflows and outflows, discount rates, asset lives and market multiples, among other items. The use of different estimates and judgments could yield materially different results.
The table below presents the consideration transferred and the final allocation of purchase price to the assets and liabilities acquired as a result of the Merger:

 	  	(in millions)	 	
Cash paid to acquire outstanding WMG shares	  	$	1,228	  	
Cash paid to settle equity awards	  	 	50	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total cash consideration	  	 	1,278	  	
Less: Cash paid by WMG	  	 	(179	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Net Investment	  	 	1,099	  	
WMG shares previously held by Parent	  	 	30	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total consideration to be allocated	  	$	1,129	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Fair Value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed:	  	 	 	 	
Cash	  	$	140	  	
Accounts receivable	  	 	331	  	
Inventory	  	 	28	  	
Artist advances*	  	 	341	  	
Property, plant and equipment	  	 	182	  	
Intangible assets	  	 	2,879	  	
Other assets*	  	 	117	  	
Current liabilities*	  	 	(1,544	) 	
Deferred income tax liabilities	  	 	(363	) 	
Deferred revenue	  	 	(115	) 	
 
10

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	
Other noncurrent liabilities*	  	 	(173	) 	
Debt	  	 	(2,049	) 	
Noncontrolling interests	  	 	(17	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	
Fair value of net assets acquired	  	 	(243	) 	
Goodwill recorded*	  	 	1,372	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total consideration allocated	  	$	1,129	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
 	*	Amounts have been adjusted as a result of changes in the final purchase price allocation related to the Merger.	
Goodwill is calculated as the excess of the consideration paid over the net assets recognized. The goodwill recorded as part of the Merger primarily reflects the expected value to be generated from the continued transition of the music industry and the expected resulting cost savings, as well as any intangible assets that do not qualify for separate recognition. Goodwill has been allocated to our reportable segments as follows: Recorded Music $908 million and Music Publishing $464 million.
The components of the intangible assets identified in the table above and the related useful lives, segregated by our reportable segments, are as follows:

 	  	Value	 	  	Useful
Life	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	  	 	 	
Recorded Music	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trademarks/trade names	  	$	51	  	  	 	Indefinite	  	
Trademarks/trade names	  	 	7	  	  	 	7 years	  	
Catalog	  	 	560	  	  	 	5-11 years	  	
Artist contracts	  	 	520	  	  	 	8-12 years	  	
Music Publishing	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Trademarks/trade names	  	$	51	  	  	 	Indefinite	  	
Copyrights	  	 	1,530	  	  	 	28 years	  	
Songwriter contracts	  	 	160	  	  	 	29 years	  	
5. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill
The following analysis details the changes in goodwill for each reportable segment during the six months ended March 31, 2012:

 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	Recorded
Music	 	 	Music
Publishing	 	  	Total	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Balance at September 30, 2011*	  	$	908	  	 	$	464	  	  	$	1,372	  	
Acquisitions	  	 	5	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	5	  	
Dispositions	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	  	 	—  	  	
Other adjustments	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	  	 	(1	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Balance at March 31, 2012	  	$	912	  	 	$	464	  	  	$	1,376	  	

*	Amounts have been adjusted as a result of changes in the final purchase price allocation related to the Merger.	
The Company performs its annual goodwill impairment test in accordance with ASC 350 during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year. The Company may conduct an earlier review if events or circumstances occur that would suggest the carrying value of the Company’s goodwill may not be recoverable. No indicators of impairment were identified during the current period that required the Company to perform an interim assessment or recoverability test.
 
11

Table of Contents
Other Intangible Assets
Other intangible assets consist of the following:

 	  	March 31,
2012	 	 	September 30,
2011	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Intangible assets subject to amortization:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recorded music catalog (a)	  	$	546	  	 	$	551	  	
Music publishing copyrights (a)	  	 	1,502	  	 	 	1,486	  	
Artist and songwriter contracts (a)	  	 	667	  	 	 	672	  	
Trademarks	  	 	7	  	 	 	7	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	 	2,722	  	 	 	2,716	  	
Accumulated amortization	  	 	(134	) 	 	 	(38	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net intangible assets subject to amortization	  	 	2,588	  	 	 	2,678	  	
Intangible assets not subject to amortization:	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Trademarks and brands	  	 	102	  	 	 	102	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total net other intangible assets	  	$	2,690	  	 	$	2,780	  	

(a)	During the six months ended March 31, 2012, the Company finalized the allocation of intangible assets on a legal entity basis as of the Closing Date. As a result of the allocation to entities with foreign currencies, the September 30, 2011 balance sheet has been adjusted to reflect the foreign currency translation of these assets since the acquisition date. The aggregate adjustments included a decrease to intangible assets of approximately $40 million, a decrease to deferred income taxes of approximately $9 million and a decrease to Other Comprehensive Income of approximately $31 million, net of tax.	
6. Debt
Debt Capitalization
Long-term debt consisted of the following:

 	  	March 31,
2012	 	  	September 30,
2011	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Revolving Credit Facility (a)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	
9.5% Existing Secured Notes due 2016—Acquisition Corp (b)	  	 	1,157	  	  	 	1,162	  	
9.5% Secured WMG Notes due 2016—Acquisition Corp (c)	  	 	156	  	  	 	157	  	
11.5% Unsecured WMG Notes due 2018—Acquisition Corp (d)	  	 	749	  	  	 	748	  	
13.75% Holdings Notes due 2019—Holdings (e)	  	 	150	  	  	 	150	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Total long term debt	  	$	2,212	  	  	$	2,217	  	

(a)	Reflects $60 million of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $1 million at March 31, 2012. There were no loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of March 31, 2012.	
(b)	9.5% Existing Secured Notes due 2016; face amount of $1.1 billion plus unamortized premiums of $57 million and $62 million at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2011, respectively.	
(c)	9.5% Secured WMG Notes due 2016; face amount of $150 million plus unamortized premiums of $6 million and $7 million at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2011, respectively.	
(d)	11.5% Unsecured WMG Notes due 2018; face amount of $765 million less unamortized discounts of $16 million and $17 million at March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2011, respectively.	
(e)	13.75% Holdings Notes due 2019; face amount of $150 million.	
Revolving Credit Facility
In connection with the Merger, Acquisition Corp. (“Borrower”) entered into a credit agreement for a senior secured revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Revolving Credit Facility”). The Revolving Credit Facility provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $60 million for general corporate purposes and includes a letter of credit sub-facility. The final maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility is July 19, 2016.

Interest Rates and Fees
Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility bear interest at Borrower’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“LIBOR rate”), plus 4% per annum, or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent from
 
12

Table of Contents
time to time, (y) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (z) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus, in each case, 3% per annum. The LIBOR rate shall be deemed to be not less than 1.5%. If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.00% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.00% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.
The Credit Agreement bears a commitment fee on the unutilized portion equal to 0.50%, payable quarterly in arrears, based on the utilization of the Revolving Credit Facility. The Revolving Credit Facility bears customary letter of credit fees. WMG Acquisition Corp. is also required to pay certain upfront fees to lenders and agency fees to the agent under the Credit Agreement, in the amounts and at the times agreed between the relevant parties.
Guarantee; Security
Acquisition Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Subsidiary Guaranty”) pursuant to which all obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Acquisition Corp.’s existing subsidiaries that guarantee the Existing Secured Notes and each other direct and indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.
All obligations of the Borrower and each guarantor are secured by substantially all assets of the Borrower, Holdings and each subsidiary guarantor to the extent required under the security agreement securing the Existing Secured Notes and the Secured WMG Notes, including a perfected pledge of all the equity interests of the Borrower and of any subsidiary guarantor, mortgages on certain real property and certain intellectual property.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants. There are no financial covenants included in the Revolving Credit Facility, other than a springing leverage ratio, which will be tested only when there are loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility in excess of $5 million (excluding letters of credit).
Existing Secured Notes
Acquisition Corp. issued $1.1 billion aggregate principal amount of its 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Existing Secured Notes”) in 2009. The Existing Secured Notes were issued at 96.289% of their face value for total net proceeds of $1.059 billion, with an effective interest rate of 10.25%. The original issue discount (OID) was $41 million. The OID was equal to the difference between the stated principal amount and the issue price. Following the Merger, in accordance with the acquisition method of accounting described in Note 1, these notes were recorded at fair value. This resulted in the elimination of the predecessor discount and the establishment of a $65 million successor premium based on market data as of the closing date of the Merger. This premium will be amortized using the effective interest rate method and reported as a component within non-cash interest expense. The Existing Secured Notes mature on June 15, 2016 and bear interest payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year at a fixed rate of 9.5% per annum.
Prepayments of the Existing Secured Notes are allowed, subject to certain terms in the indenture governing the Existing Secured Notes, including the prepayment amount and the redemption price, which varies based on the timing of the prepayment. In addition, payment of accrued and unpaid interest also would be required at the time of any prepayment. In the event of a change in control, as defined in the indenture governing the Existing Secured Notes, each holder of the Existing Secured Notes may require Acquisition Corp. to repurchase some or all of its respective Existing Secured Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% plus accrued and unpaid interest.
Ranking and Guarantees
The Existing Secured Notes are senior secured obligations of Acquisition Corp. that rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s subordinated indebtedness. The obligations under the Existing Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Acquisition Corp.’s existing direct or indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiaries and any such subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of Acquisition Corp. in the future. The Existing Secured Notes are not guaranteed by Holdings. All obligations under the Existing Secured Notes and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by first-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, in the assets of Holdings, Acquisition Corp., and the subsidiary guarantors that previously secured our senior secured credit facility, which consist of the shares of Acquisition Corp., Acquisition Corp.’s assets and the assets of the subsidiary guarantors, except for certain excluded assets.

On December 8, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior secured basis, the payments of Acquisition Corp. on the Existing Secured Notes.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Existing Secured Notes contain customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants. The indenture for the Existing Secured Notes contains a number of covenants that, among other things limit (subject to
 
13

Table of Contents
certain exceptions), the ability of Acquisition Corp. and its restricted subsidiaries to (i) incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; (ii) pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make other restricted payments (as defined in the indenture); (iii) make certain investments; (iv) sell certain assets; (v) create liens on certain debt; (vi) consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; (vii) sell or otherwise dispose of its Music Publishing business; (viii) enter into certain transactions with affiliates and (ix) designate its subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries.
Secured WMG Notes
On the Closing Date, WM Finance Corp. issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Secured WMG Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “Secured WMG Notes Indenture”), between the WM Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “Trustee”). Following the completion of the Merger, Acquisition Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) entered into a Supplemental Indenture with the Trustee, pursuant to which (i) Acquisition Corp. became a party to the Indenture and assumed the obligations of the WM Finance Corp. under the Secured WMG Notes and (ii) each Guarantor became a party to the Secured WMG Notes Indenture and provided an unconditional guarantee on a senior secured basis of the obligations of Acquisition Corp. under the Secured WMG Notes.
The Secured WMG Notes were issued at 104.75% of their face value for total proceeds of $157 million, with an effective interest rate of 8.32%. The original issue premium (OIP) was $7 million, which is the difference between the stated principal amount and the issue price. The OIP will be amortized over the term of the Secured WMG Notes using the effective interest rate method and reported as an offset to non cash interest expense. In conjunction with this transaction, the Company incurred $15 million of financing costs which were deferred and will be amortized over the term of the Senior WMG Notes and included as a component within non-cash interest expense. The Secured WMG Notes mature on June 15, 2016 and bear interest payable semi-annually on June 15 and Dec 15 at a fixed rate of 9.5%.
Prepayments of the Secured WMG Notes are allowed, subject to certain terms in the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, including the prepayment amount and the redemption price, which varies based on the timing of the prepayment. In addition, payment of accrued and unpaid interest also would be required at the time of any prepayment. Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, each holder of the Secured WMG Notes has the right to require Acquisition Corp. to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Secured WMG Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.
Ranking and Guarantees
The Secured WMG Notes are Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured obligations and are secured on an equal and ratable basis with all future indebtedness secured with the same security arrangements as the Secured WMG Notes. The Secured WMG Notes rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s subordinated indebtedness, including its existing senior notes; rank equally in right of payment with all of the Company’s future senior indebtedness, including indebtedness under any future senior secured credit facility; and are structurally subordinated in right of payment to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Acquisition Corp.’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below)).
The Secured WMG Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Acquisition Corp.’s existing direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries and by any such subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of Acquisition Corp. in the future.
On December 8, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior secured basis, the payments of Acquisition Corp. on the Secured WMG Notes.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Secured WMG Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Acquisition Corp.’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to it or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens on certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; sell or otherwise dispose of its Music Publishing business; and enter into certain transactions with its affiliates.

Unsecured WMG Notes
On the Closing Date, the WM Finance Corp. issued $765 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2018 (the “Unsecured WMG Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture”), between the WM Finance Corp. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “Trustee”). Following the completion of the Merger, Acquisition Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) entered into a Supplemental Indenture with the Trustee, pursuant to which (i) Acquisition Corp. became a party to the Indenture and
 
14

Table of Contents
assumed the obligations of WM Finance Corp. under the Unsecured WMG Notes and (ii) each Guarantor became a party to the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture and provided an unconditional guarantee of the obligations of Acquisition Corp. under the Unsecured WMG Notes.
The Unsecured WMG Notes were issued at 97.673% of their face value for total proceeds of $747 million, with an effective interest rate of 12%. The OID was $17 million and will be amortized over the term of the Unsecured WMG Notes using the effective interest rate method and reported as non cash interest expense. In conjunction with this transaction, the Company incurred $26 million of financing costs which were deferred and will be amortized over the term of the Unsecured WMG Notes and included as a component within non-cash interest expense. The Unsecured WMG Notes mature on October 1, 2018 and bear interest payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 at fixed rate of 11.5%.
Prepayments of the Unsecured WMG Notes are allowed, subject to certain terms in the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture, including the prepayment amount and the redemption price, which varies based on the timing of the prepayment. In addition, payment of accrued and unpaid interest also would be required at the time of any prepayment. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, Acquisition Corp. is required to make an offer to repurchase all of Unsecured WMG Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any to the repurchase date.
Ranking and Guarantees
The Unsecured WMG Notes and the related guarantees are Acquisition Corp.’s and the guarantors’ general unsecured senior obligations and rank senior to all their future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Unsecured WMG Notes. The Unsecured WMG Notes rank equally with all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated, effectively subordinated to all of Acquisition Corp.’s and the guarantors’ existing and future secured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing that indebtedness, including the Secured WMG Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Existing Secured Notes, and are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of Acquisition Corp.’s subsidiaries that do not guarantee the Unsecured WMG Notes, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries.
The Unsecured WMG Notes are guaranteed, on a senior unsecured basis, by substantially all of Acquisition Corp.’s subsidiaries that guarantee the Revolving Credit Facility, Existing Secured Notes and Secured WMG Notes.
On December 8, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, the payments of Acquisition Corp. on the Unsecured WMG Notes.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Acquisition Corp.’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Acquisition Corp. or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens on certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets.
Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the Unsecured WMG Notes, Acquisition Corp. entered into a registration rights agreement relating to the Unsecured WMG Notes, pursuant to which Acquisition Corp. agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, and did initially file on January 25, 2012, a registration statement with the SEC (as amended, the “WMG Exchange Offer Registration Statement”), to permit holders to exchange the Unsecured WMG Notes (the “Old Unsecured WMG Notes”) for registered notes with terms substantially identical to the Old Unsecured WMG Notes, except the exchange notes would not contain certain terms with respect to the payment of additional interest or transfer restrictions. On March 16, 2012, the WMG Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC, and Acquisition Corp. completed the exchange offer on April 25, 2012. On the settlement date, Acquisition Corp. accepted for exchange $708 million aggregate principal amount of Old Unsecured WMG Notes.
Senior Holdings Notes
On the Closing Date, the Initial Holdings Issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Holdings Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “Holdings Notes Indenture”), between the Initial Holdings Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “Trustee”). Following the completion of the Merger, Holdings entered into a Supplemental Indenture with the Trustee, pursuant to which Holdings became a party to the Indenture and assumed the obligations of the Initial Holdings Issuer under the Holdings Notes.

The Holdings Notes were issued at 100% of their face value. In conjunction with this transaction, the Company incurred $8 million of financing costs which were deferred and will be amortized on over the term of the Holdings Notes and included as a component within non-cash interest expense. The Holdings Notes mature on October 1, 2019 and bear interest payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 at fixed rate of 13.75%.
 
15

Table of Contents
Prepayments of the Holdings Notes are allowed, subject to certain terms in the Holdings Notes Indenture, including the prepayment amount and the redemption price, which varies based on the timing of the prepayment. In addition, payment of accrued and unpaid interest also would be required at the time of any prepayment. Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, Holdings is required to make an offer to repurchase all of the Holdings Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date.
Ranking and Guarantees
The Holdings Notes are Holdings’ general unsecured senior obligations and rank senior to all its future debt that is expressly subordinated in right of payment to the Holdings Notes. The Holdings Notes rank equally with all of Holdings’ existing and future liabilities that are not so subordinated, are structurally subordinated to all of the liabilities of Holdings’ subsidiaries, to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries, and are effectively junior to the Secured WMG Notes, the Existing Secured Notes and indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility to the extent of the value of Holdings’ assets subject to liens securing such indebtedness.
The Holdings Notes are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries. On August 2, 2011 the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, the payments of Holdings related to the Holdings Notes.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Holdings Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Holdings’ ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; create liens on certain debt; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Holdings or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the Holdings Notes, Holdings entered into a registration rights agreement relating to the Holdings Notes, pursuant to which Holdings agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, and did initially file on January 25, 2012, a registration statement with the SEC (as amended, the “Holdings Exchange Offer Registration Statement”), to permit holders to exchange the Holdings Notes (the “Old Holdings Notes”) for registered notes with terms substantially identical to the Old Holdings Notes, except the exchange notes would not contain certain terms with respect to the payment of additional interest or transfer restrictions. On March 16, 2012, the Holdings Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC, and Holdings completed the exchange offer on April 25, 2012. On the settlement date, Holdings accepted for exchange $81.475 million aggregate principal amount of Old Holdings Notes.
Maturities
As of March 31, 2012, there are no scheduled maturities of long-term debt until 2016 ($1.250 billion). Thereafter, $915 million is scheduled to mature. In addition, the final maturity of the Revolving Credit Facility is July 19, 2016.
Interest Expense
Total interest expense, net was $56 million and $47 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor), respectively, and $113 million and $94 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor), respectively. The weighted-average interest rate of the Company’s total debt was 10.5% for the three and six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and 8.9% for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 (Predecessor).
7. Share-based Compensation
In connection with the Merger, the vesting of all outstanding unvested Predecessor options and certain unvested restricted stock awards was accelerated immediately prior to closing. As a result of the acceleration there were no outstanding equity awards of the Company as of July 20, 2011 and thereafter.
In total, the Company recognized non-cash compensation expense related to its stock-based compensation plans of $5 million and $7 million for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 (Predecessor), respectively. As there were no outstanding equity awards subsequent to July 20, 2011 the Company did not recognize any non-cash compensation expense for the three and six months ended March 31, 2012.

8. Commitments and Contingencies
The Company is involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Where it is determined, in consultation with counsel based on litigation and settlement risks, that a loss is probable and estimable in a given matter, the Company establishes an accrual. In none of the currently pending proceedings is the amount of accrual material. An
 
16

Table of Contents
estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amounts already accrued cannot be made at this time due to various factors typical in contested proceedings, including (1) uncertain damage theories and demands; (2) a less than complete factual record; (3) uncertainty concerning legal theories and their resolution by courts or regulators; and (4) the unpredictable nature of the opposing party and its demands. However, the Company cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any litigation or the potential for future litigation. As such, it continuously monitors these proceedings as they develop and adjusts any accrual or disclosure as needed. Regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on the Company, including its brand value, because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors and it could have a material effect on its results of operations for a given reporting period.
Pricing of Digital Music Downloads
On December 20, 2005 and February 3, 2006, the Attorney General of the State of New York served us with requests for information in connection with an industry-wide investigation as to the pricing of digital music downloads. On February 28, 2006, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice served us with a Civil Investigative Demand, also seeking information relating to the pricing of digitally downloaded music. Both investigations were ultimately closed, but subsequent to the announcements of the investigations, more than thirty putative class action lawsuits were filed concerning the pricing of digital music downloads. The lawsuits were consolidated in the Southern District of New York. The consolidated amended complaint, filed on April 13, 2007, alleges conspiracy among record companies to delay the release of their content for digital distribution, inflate their pricing of CDs and fix prices for digital downloads. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory, statutory and treble damages. On October 9, 2008, the District Court issued an order dismissing the case as to all defendants, including us. But on January 12, 2010, the Second Circuit vacated the judgment of the District Court and remanded the case for further proceedings and on January 10, 2011, the Supreme Court denied the defendants’ petition for Certiorari.
Upon remand to the District Court, all defendants, including the Company, filed a renewed motion to dismiss challenging, among other things, plaintiffs’ state law claims and standing to bring certain claims. The renewed motion was based mainly on arguments made in defendants’ original motion to dismiss, but not addressed by the District Court. On July 18, 2011, the District Court granted defendants’ motion in part, and denied it in part. Notably, all claims on behalf of the CD-purchaser class were dismissed with prejudice. However, a wide variety of state and federal claims remain, for the class of Internet Music purchasers. The parties have filed amended pleadings complying with the court’s order, and the case is proceeding into discovery, which is currently scheduled to be substantially completed by May 31, 2012. The parties are scheduled to confer at the end of August 2012 on a class certification briefing schedule, for a determination by the District Court as to whether class treatment is appropriate. The case will proceed into discovery, based on a schedule to be determined by the District Court. The Company intends to defend against these lawsuits vigorously, but is unable to predict the outcome of these suits. Regardless of the merits of the claims, this and any related litigation could continue to be costly, and divert the time and resources of management.
Music Download Putative Class Action Suits
Five putative class action lawsuits have been filed against the Company in Federal Court in the Northern District of California. The lawsuits, which were brought by various recording artists, all allege that the Company has improperly calculated the royalties due them for certain digital music sales under the terms of their recording contracts. The named plaintiffs purport to raise these claims on their own behalf and, as a putative class action, on behalf of other similarly situated artists. Plaintiffs base their claims on a previous ruling that held another recorded music company had breached the specific recording contracts at issue in that case through its payment of royalties for music downloads and ringtones. In the wake of that ruling, a number of recording artists have initiated suits seeking similar relief against all of the major record companies. Here too, plaintiffs seek to have the interpretation of the contracts in that prior case applied to their different and separate contracts.
On April 10, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss various claims in one of the lawsuits, with the intention of filing similar motions in the remaining suits, on the various applicable response dates. Meanwhile, certain plaintiffs’ counsel moved to be appointed as interim lead counsel, and other plaintiffs’ counsel moved to consolidate the various actions. On April 23, 2012, the court issued an order setting out a more orderly process for dealing with the various cases. It set May 24, 2012 for a Case Management Conference for all five actions, and set the same day as the hearing date for the Plaintiffs’ various outstanding motions. In addition, the Court removed the Company’s motion to dismiss from the calendar, with new dates to be set on or after May 24, 2012.
 
17

Table of Contents
No other dates have been set in the litigation. The Company intends to defend against these lawsuits vigorously, but is unable to predict the outcome of these suits. Regardless of the merits of the claims, this and any related litigation could continue to be costly, and divert the time and resources of management.
Final Settlement of Class Actions Related to the Merger
The Company awaits a decision on the application for approval by the Supreme Court for the State of New York of the previously disclosed settlement of the claims filed against, inter alia, the Company and its directors in 2011 on behalf of a class of the Company’s shareholders in the action entitled Cournoyer v. Warner Music Group Corp. et al., Index No. 651367/2011 (the “Cournoyer Action”). The Cournoyer Action, as well as two related actions, were brought in connection with the Merger.
As previously disclosed, the settlement did not involve any monetary payment to the class of shareholders. Instead, the Company agreed to publicly disclose additional information about the Merger in a filing that it made with the SEC on June 13, 2011.
9. Derivative Financial Instruments
The Company uses derivative financial instruments, primarily foreign currency forward exchange contracts (“FX Contracts”) for the purpose of managing foreign currency exchange risk by reducing the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.
The Company enters into FX Contracts primarily to hedge its royalty payments and balance sheet items denominated in foreign currency. The Company applies hedge accounting to FX Contracts for cash flows related to royalty payments. The Company records these FX Contracts in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value and changes in fair value are recognized in Other Comprehensive Income (“OCI”) for unrealized items and recognized in earnings for realized items. The Company elects to not apply hedge accounting to foreign currency exposures related to balance sheet items. The Company records these FX Contracts in the consolidated balance sheet at fair value and changes in fair value are immediately recognized in earnings. Fair value is determined by using observable market transactions of spot and forward rates (i.e., Level 2 inputs) which is discussed further in Note 12.
Netting provisions are provided for in existing International Swap and Derivative Association Inc. (“ISDA”) agreements in situations where the Company executes multiple contracts with the same counterparty. As a result, net assets or liabilities resulting from foreign exchange derivatives subject to these netting agreements are classified within other current assets or other current liabilities in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The Company has $2.212 billion of debt outstanding at March 31, 2012. Based on the level of interest rates prevailing at March 31, 2012, the fair value of this fixed-rate debt was approximately $2.351 billion. The fair value of the Company’s debt instruments are determined using quoted market prices from less active markets or by using quoted market prices for instruments with identical terms and maturities; both approaches are considered a Level 2 measurement.
Further, based on the amount of its fixed-rate debt, a 25 basis point increase or decrease in the level of interest rates would increase or decrease the fair value of the fixed-rate debt by approximately $14 million. This potential increase or decrease is based on the simplified assumption that the level of fixed-rate debt remains constant with an immediate increase or decrease in the level of interest rates with no subsequent changes in rates for the remainder of the period.
The Company monitors its positions with, and the credit quality of, the financial institutions that are party to any of its financial transactions.
Foreign Currency Risk Management
Historically, the Company has used, and continues to use, foreign exchange forward contracts and foreign exchange options primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to its domestic companies for the sale, or anticipated sale, of U.S.-copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company focuses on managing the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on its major currencies, which include the euro, British pound sterling, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona and Australian dollar. In addition, the Company currently hedges foreign currency risk associated with financing transactions such as third-party and inter-company debt and other balance sheet items.

For royalty related hedges, the Company records foreign exchange contracts at fair value on its balance sheet and the related gains or losses on these contracts are deferred in equity (as a component of comprehensive loss). These deferred gains and losses are recognized in income in the period in which the related royalties and license fees being hedged are received and recognized in income. However, to the extent that any of these contracts are not considered to be perfectly effective in offsetting the change in the value of the royalties and license fees being hedged, any changes in fair value relating to the ineffective portion of these contracts are immediately recognized in income, and have been immaterial. For hedges of financing transactions and other balance sheet items, hedge gains and losses are taken directly to the statement of operations since there is an equal and offsetting statement of operations entry related to the underlying exposure. Gains and losses on foreign exchange contracts generally are included as a component of other income (expense), net, in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations.
 
18

Table of Contents
As of March 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding hedge contracts for the sale of $263 million and the purchase of $15 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. As of March 31, 2012, there was no material impact to the Company’s comprehensive loss related to foreign exchange hedging. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had outstanding hedge contracts for the sale of $211 million and the purchase of $37 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. As of September 30, 2011, the Company had $3 million of deferred losses in comprehensive loss related to foreign exchange hedging.
10. Segment Information
As discussed more fully in Note 1, based on the nature of its products and services, the Company classifies its business interests into two fundamental operations: Recorded Music and Music Publishing. Information as to each of these operations is set forth below. The Company evaluates performance based on several factors, of which the primary financial measure is operating income (loss) before non-cash depreciation of tangible assets, non-cash amortization of intangible assets and non-cash impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets (“OIBDA”). The Company has supplemented its analysis of OIBDA results by segment with an analysis of operating income (loss) by segment.
The accounting policies of the Company’s business segments are the same as those described in the summary of significant accounting policies included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011. The Company accounts for intersegment sales at fair value as if the sales were to third parties. While inter-company transactions are treated like third-party transactions to determine segment performance, the revenues (and corresponding expenses recognized by the segment that is counterparty to the transaction) are eliminated in consolidation, therefore, do not themselves impact the consolidated results. Segment information consists of the following:

Three Months Ended	  	Recorded
music	 	 	Music
publishing	 	 	Corporate
expenses and
eliminations	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
March 31, 2012 (Successor)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenues	  	$	503	  	 	$	128	  	 	$	(3	) 	 	$	628	  	
OIBDA	  	 	48	  	 	 	54	  	 	 	(17	) 	 	 	85	  	
Depreciation expense	  	 	(7	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(13	) 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(34	) 	 	 	(16	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(50	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	  	$	7	  	 	$	36	  	 	$	(21	) 	 	$	22	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenues	  	$	552	  	 	$	137	  	 	$	(5	) 	 	$	684	  	
OIBDA	  	 	54	  	 	 	50	  	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	82	  	
Depreciation expense	  	 	(7	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	(11	) 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(37	) 	 	 	(18	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(55	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	  	$	10	  	 	$	31	  	 	$	(25	) 	 	$	16	  	

Six Months Ended	  	Recorded
music	 	 	Music
publishing	 	 	Corporate
expenses  and
eliminations	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
March 31, 2012 (Successor)	  	 	 	 	
Revenues	  	$	1,164	  	 	$	251	  	 	$	(8	) 	 	$	1,407	  	
OIBDA	  	 	150	  	 	 	72	  	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	184	  	
Depreciation expense	  	 	(15	) 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	(25	) 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(67	) 	 	 	(31	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(98	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	  	$	68	  	 	$	38	  	 	$	(45	) 	 	$	61	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenues	  	$	1,214	  	 	$	257	  	 	$	(9	) 	 	$	1,462	  	
OIBDA	  	 	144	  	 	 	68	  	 	 	(40	) 	 	 	172	  	
Depreciation expense	  	 	(13	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	(20	) 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(74	) 	 	 	(35	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(109	) 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	  	$	57	  	 	$	31	  	 	$	(45	) 	 	$	43	  	

19

Table of Contents
11. Additional Financial Information
Cash Interest and Taxes
The Company made interest payments of approximately $79 million and $88 million during the six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor), respectively. The Company paid approximately $24 million and $10 million of income and withholding taxes, net of refunds, during the six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor), respectively. The $24 million of cash tax payments during the six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) includes a $15 million payment relating to the settlement of an income tax audit in Germany. This payment was fully reimbursed to the Company by Time Warner Inc. under the terms of the 2004 acquisition of substantially all of the interests of the recorded music and music publishing businesses of Time Warner Inc.
12. Fair Value Measurements
ASC 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date and in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability. The fair value should be calculated based on assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, not on assumptions specific to the entity.
In addition to defining fair value, ASC 820 expands the disclosure requirements around fair value and establishes a fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs. The hierarchy prioritizes the inputs into three levels based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. Each fair value measurement is reported in one of the three levels which is determined by the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:
 
 	•	 	Level 1 – inputs are based upon unadjusted quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.	
 
 	•	 	Level 2 – inputs are based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.	
 
 	•	 	Level 3 – inputs are generally unobservable and typically reflect management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. The fair values are therefore determined using model-based techniques that include option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques.	
In accordance with the fair value hierarchy, described above, the following table shows the fair value of the Company’s financial instruments that are required to be measured at fair value as of March 31, 2012 and September 30, 2011. Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments represent the balances in other current assets and other current liabilities below and the gains and losses on these financial instruments are included as a component of other income, net in the statement of operations.

 	  	Fair Value Measurements as of March 31, 2012	 	
 	  	(Level 1)	 	  	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Other Current Assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts (a)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	1	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	1	  	
Other Current Liabilities:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts (a)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	(3	) 	 	$	—  	  	 	$	(3	) 	
Other Non-Current Liabilities:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual Obligations (b)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	(13	) 	 	$	(13	) 	
 	 	
 	  	Fair Value Measurements as of September 30, 2011	 	
 	  	(Level 1)	 	  	(Level 2)	 	 	(Level 3)	 	 	Total	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Other Current Assets:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts (a)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	9	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	9	  	
Other Current Liabilities:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Foreign Currency Forward Exchange Contracts (a)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	(3	) 	 	$	—  	  	 	$	(3	) 	
Other Non-Current Liabilities:	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Contractual Obligations (b)	  	$	—  	  	  	$	—  	  	 	$	(13	) 	 	$	(13	) 	
 
(a)	The fair value of the foreign currency forward exchange contracts is based on dealer quotes of market forward rates and reflects the amount that the Company would receive or pay at their maturity dates for contracts involving the same currencies and maturity dates.	
 
20

Table of Contents
(b)	This represents purchase obligations and contingent consideration related to our various acquisitions. This is based on a discounted cash flow (“DCF”) approach and it is adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis and any adjustments are included as a component of operating income in the statement of operations. This amount was mainly calculated using unobservable inputs such as the future earnings performance of our various acquisitions and the expected timing of the payment.	
The majority of the Company’s non-financial instruments, which include goodwill, intangible assets, inventories, and property, plant, and equipment, are not required to be remeasured to fair value on a recurring basis. These assets are evaluated for impairment if certain triggering events occur. If such evaluation indicates that an impairment exists, the asset is written down to its fair value. In addition, an impairment analysis is performed at least annually for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets.
 
21

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Financial Statements
The Company is the direct parent of Holdings, which is the direct parent of Acquisition Corp. Holdings has issued and outstanding the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Holdings Notes”). In addition, Acquisition Corp. has issued and outstanding two separate series of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Secured WMG Notes” and the “Existing Secured Notes” and together the “Secured WMG Notes”) and the 11.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2018 (the “Unsecured WMG Notes”) (together, the “Acquisition Corp. Notes”).
The Holdings Notes are guaranteed by the Company. These guarantees are full, unconditional, joint and several. The following condensed consolidating financial statements are presented for the information of the holders of the Holdings Notes and present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of (i) the Company, which is the guarantor of the Holdings Notes, (ii) Holdings, which is the issuer of the Holdings Notes, (iii) the subsidiaries of Holdings (Acquisition Corp. is the only direct subsidiary of Holdings) and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for the Company on a consolidated basis. Investments in consolidated or combined subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting.
The Acquisition Corp. Notes are also guaranteed by the Company and, in addition, are guaranteed by all of Acquisition Corp.’s domestic wholly owned subsidiaries. The Secured WMG Notes are guaranteed on a senior secured basis and the Unsecured WMG Notes are guaranteed on an unsecured senior basis. These guarantees are full, unconditional, joint and several. The following condensed consolidating financial statements are also presented for the information of the holders of the Acquisition Corp. Notes and present the results of operations, financial position and cash flows of (i) Acquisition Corp., which is the issuer of the Acquisition Corp. Notes, (ii) the guarantor subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp., (iii) the non-guarantor subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp. and (iv) the eliminations necessary to arrive at the information for Acquisition Corp. on a consolidated basis. Investments in consolidated subsidiaries are presented under the equity method of accounting. There are no restrictions on Acquisition Corp.’s ability to obtain funds from any of its wholly owned subsidiaries through dividends, loans or advances.
The Company and Holdings are holding companies that conduct substantially all of their business operations through Acquisition Corp. Accordingly, the ability of the Company and Holdings to obtain funds from their subsidiaries is restricted by the indentures for the Existing Secured Notes, the Secured WMG Notes, the Unsecured WMG Notes and the Acquisition Corp. Revolving Credit Facility, and, with respect to the Company, the indenture for the Holdings Notes.
 
22

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
March 31, 2012

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and equivalents	 	$	44	  	 	$	75	  	 	$	143	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	262	  	 	$	10	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	272	  	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	147	  	 	 	159	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	306	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	306	  	
Inventories	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	27	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	27	  	
Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year	 	 	—  	  	 	 	75	  	 	 	54	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	129	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	129	  	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	38	  	 	 	16	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54	  	
Other current assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	5	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	50	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	50	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	44	  	 	 	350	  	 	 	434	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	828	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	838	  	
Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year	 	 	—  	  	 	 	92	  	 	 	66	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	158	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	158	  	
Investments in and advances to (from) consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	3,288	  	 	 	641	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(3,929	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,061	  	 	 	1,311	  	 	 	(2,372	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	128	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	172	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	172	  	
Goodwill	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,371	  	 	 	5	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,376	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,376	  	
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,119	  	 	 	1,469	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,588	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,588	  	
Intangible assets not subject to amortization	 	 	—  	  	 	 	92	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	102	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	102	  	
Due (to) from parent companies	 	 	(1,319	) 	 	 	(2,025	) 	 	 	(649	) 	 	 	3,916	  	 	 	(77	) 	 	 	393	  	 	 	(316	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets	 	 	37	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	12	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	63	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	70	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	2,050	  	 	$	1,782	  	 	$	1,391	  	 	$	(13	) 	 	$	5,210	  	 	$	1,471	  	 	$	995	  	 	$	(2,372	) 	 	$	5,304	  	

23

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Liabilities and (Deficit) Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	—  	  	 	$	85	  	 	$	58	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	143	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	143	  	
Accrued royalties	 	 	—  	  	 	 	615	  	 	 	389	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,004	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,004	  	
Accrued liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	84	  	 	 	118	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	202	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	202	  	
Accrued interest	 	 	79	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	89	  	
Deferred revenue	 	 	—  	  	 	 	39	  	 	 	63	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	102	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	102	  	
Other current liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	79	  	 	 	826	  	 	 	628	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,533	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,543	  	
Long-term debt	 	 	2,062	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,062	  	 	 	150	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,212	  	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	169	  	 	 	232	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	401	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	401	  	
Other noncurrent liabilities	 	 	12	  	 	 	46	  	 	 	71	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	136	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	136	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	2,153	  	 	 	1,041	  	 	 	931	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	4,132	  	 	 	160	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,292	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Warner Music Group Corp. (deficit) equity	 	 	(103	) 	 	 	741	  	 	 	443	  	 	 	(20	) 	 	 	1,061	  	 	 	1,311	  	 	 	995	  	 	 	(2,372	) 	 	 	995	  	
Noncontrolling interest	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total (deficit) equity	 	 	(103	) 	 	 	741	  	 	 	460	  	 	 	(20	) 	 	 	1,078	  	 	 	1,311	  	 	 	995	  	 	 	(2,372	) 	 	 	1,012	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and (deficit) equity	 	$	2,050	  	 	$	1,782	  	 	$	1,391	  	 	$	(13	) 	 	$	5,210	  	 	$	1,471	  	 	$	995	  	 	$	(2,372	) 	 	$	5,304	  	

24

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Balance Sheet (Unaudited)
September 30, 2011

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current assets:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and equivalents	 	$	17	  	 	$	61	  	 	$	72	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	150	  	 	$	4	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	154	  	
Accounts receivable, net	 	 	9	  	 	 	178	  	 	 	198	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	385	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	385	  	
Inventories	 	 	—  	  	 	 	11	  	 	 	18	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29	  	
Royalty advances expected to be recouped within one year	 	 	—  	  	 	 	80	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	135	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	135	  	
Deferred tax assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	38	  	 	 	16	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	54	  	
Other current assets	 	 	—  	  	 	 	23	  	 	 	22	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	45	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	45	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current assets	 	 	26	  	 	 	391	  	 	 	381	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	798	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	802	  	
Royalty advances expected to be recouped after one year	 	 	—  	  	 	 	106	  	 	 	67	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	173	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	173	  	
Investments in and advances to (from) consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	3,203	  	 	 	419	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(3,622	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,130	  	 	 	1,371	  	 	 	(2,501	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Property, plant and equipment, net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	136	  	 	 	46	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	182	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	182	  	
Goodwill	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,372	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,372	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,372	  	
Intangible assets subject to amortization, net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,252	  	 	 	1,426	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,678	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,678	  	
Intangible assets not subject to amortization	 	 	—  	  	 	 	92	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	102	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	102	  	
Due (to) from parent companies	 	 	(1,200	) 	 	 	(1,951	) 	 	 	(556	) 	 	 	3,630	  	 	 	(77	) 	 	 	383	  	 	 	(306	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other assets	 	 	40	  	 	 	9	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	63	  	 	 	8	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	71	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total assets	 	$	2,069	  	 	$	1,826	  	 	$	1,388	  	 	$	8	  	 	$	5,291	  	 	$	1,525	  	 	$	1,065	  	 	$	(2,501	) 	 	$	5,380	  	

25

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Liabilities and (Deficit) Equity:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Current liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts payable	 	$	—  	  	 	$	88	  	 	$	77	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	165	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	165	  	
Accrued royalties	 	 	—  	  	 	 	586	  	 	 	388	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	974	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	974	  	
Accrued liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	98	  	 	 	119	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	217	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	217	  	
Accrued interest	 	 	51	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	51	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	55	  	
Deferred revenue	 	 	—  	  	 	 	46	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	101	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	101	  	
Other current liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	10	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total current liabilities	 	 	51	  	 	 	825	  	 	 	642	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,518	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1,522	  	
Long-term debt	 	 	2,067	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,067	  	 	 	150	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2,217	  	
Deferred tax liabilities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	169	  	 	 	242	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	411	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	411	  	
Other noncurrent liabilities	 	 	6	  	 	 	60	  	 	 	76	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	148	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	148	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities	 	 	2,124	  	 	 	1,054	  	 	 	960	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	4,144	  	 	 	154	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	4,298	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Warner Music Group Corp. (deficit) equity	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	772	  	 	 	411	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	1,130	  	 	 	1,371	  	 	 	1,065	  	 	 	(2,501	) 	 	 	1,065	  	
Noncontrolling interest	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total (deficit) equity	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	772	  	 	 	428	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	1,147	  	 	 	1,371	  	 	 	1,065	  	 	 	(2,501	) 	 	 	1,082	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total liabilities and (deficit) equity	 	$	2,069	  	 	$	1,826	  	 	$	1,388	  	 	$	8	  	 	$	5,291	  	 	$	1,525	  	 	$	1,065	  	 	$	(2,501	) 	 	$	5,380	  	

26

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 (Successor)

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Revenues	 	$	—  	  	 	$	312	  	 	$	374	  	 	$	(58	) 	 	$	628	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	628	  	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenues	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(163	) 	 	 	(211	) 	 	 	51	  	 	 	(323	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(323	) 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(112	) 	 	 	(128	) 	 	 	7	  	 	 	(233	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(233	) 	
Amortization expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(46	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(50	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(50	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(321	) 	 	 	(343	) 	 	 	58	  	 	 	(606	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(606	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating (loss) income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	31	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	22	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	22	  	
Interest (expense) income, net	 	 	(49	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(51	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(56	) 	
Equity gains (losses) from consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	23	  	 	 	(14	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(31	) 	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	67	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other (expense) income, net	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	36	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	 	 	(27	) 	 	 	(54	) 	 	 	63	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	(27	) 	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	67	  	 	 	(32	) 	
Income tax (expense) benefit	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	 	(29	) 	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	64	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	(29	) 	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	67	  	 	 	(34	) 	
Less: income attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp	 	$	(29	) 	 	$	(55	) 	 	$	62	  	 	$	(9	) 	 	$	(31	) 	 	$	(36	) 	 	$	(36	) 	 	$	67	  	 	$	(36	) 	

27

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
For The Three Months Ended March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Revenues	 	$	—  	  	 	$	334	  	 	$	395	  	 	$	(45	) 	 	$	684	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	684	 	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenues	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(170	) 	 	 	(229	) 	 	 	40	  	 	 	(359	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(359	) 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(94	) 	 	 	(159	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	(252	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(252	) 	
Transaction costs	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
Amortization expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(55	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(299	) 	 	 	(410	) 	 	 	41	  	 	 	(668	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(668	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	 	—  	  	 	 	35	  	 	 	(15	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	16	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	16	 	
Interest (expense) income, net	 	 	(39	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(41	) 	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(47	) 	
Equity gains (losses) from consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	16	  	 	 	(23	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(32	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	70	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other (expense) income, net	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	 	 	(24	) 	 	 	14	  	 	 	(19	) 	 	 	3	  	 	 	(26	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	70	  	 	 	(32	) 	
Income tax (expense) benefit	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	10	  	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(7	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	 	(31	) 	 	 	7	  	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	13	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	70	  	 	 	(39	) 	
Less: loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	$	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp	 	$	(31	) 	 	$	7	  	 	$	(21	) 	 	$	13	  	 	$	(32	) 	 	$	(38	) 	 	$	(38	) 	 	$	70	  	 	$	(38	) 	

28

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
For The Six Months Ended March 31, 2012 (Successor)

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Revenues	 	$	—  	  	 	$	645	  	 	$	869	  	 	$	(107	) 	 	$	1,407	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	1,407	  	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenues	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(328	) 	 	 	(514	) 	 	 	95	  	 	 	(747	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(747	) 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(236	) 	 	 	(277	) 	 	 	12	  	 	 	(501	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(501	) 	
Amortization expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(61	) 	 	 	(37	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(98	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(98	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(625	) 	 	 	(828	) 	 	 	107	  	 	 	(1,346	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,346	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	 	 	—  	  	 	 	20	  	 	 	41	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	61	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	61	  	
Interest (expense) income, net	 	 	(98	) 	 	 	3	  	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(102	) 	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(113	) 	
Equity gains (losses) from consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	58	  	 	 	(27	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(31	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(51	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	113	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other (expense) income, net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	9	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	 	 	(40	) 	 	 	(13	) 	 	 	43	  	 	 	(31	) 	 	 	(41	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	113	  	 	 	(52	) 	
Income tax (expense) benefit	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	9	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	 	(48	) 	 	 	(21	) 	 	 	42	  	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	(49	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	113	  	 	 	(60	) 	
Less: income attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp	 	$	(48	) 	 	$	(21	) 	 	$	40	  	 	$	(22	) 	 	$	(51	) 	 	$	(62	) 	 	$	(62	) 	 	$	113	  	 	$	(62	) 	

29

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Statements of Operations (Unaudited)
For The Six Months Ended March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Revenues	 	$	—  	  	 	$	642	  	 	$	910	  	 	$	(90	) 	 	$	1,462	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	1,462	  	
Costs and expenses:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cost of revenues	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(317	) 	 	 	(553	) 	 	 	80	  	 	 	(790	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(790	) 	
Selling, general and administrative expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(183	) 	 	 	(347	) 	 	 	12	  	 	 	(518	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(518	) 	
Transaction costs	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
Amortization expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(65	) 	 	 	(44	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(109	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(109	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total costs and expenses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(567	) 	 	 	(944	) 	 	 	92	  	 	 	(1,419	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1,419	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income (loss)	 	 	—  	  	 	 	75	  	 	 	(34	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	43	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	43	  	
Interest (expense) income, net	 	 	(78	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(82	) 	 	 	(12	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(94	) 	
Equity gains (losses) from consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	43	  	 	 	(26	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(17	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(43	) 	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	98	  	 	 	—  	  	
Other income (expense), net	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
(Loss) income before income taxes	 	 	(35	) 	 	 	53	  	 	 	(43	) 	 	 	(15	) 	 	 	(40	) 	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	98	  	 	 	(52	) 	
Income tax (expense) benefit	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	11	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	 	(39	) 	 	 	47	  	 	 	(48	) 	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	(44	) 	 	 	(55	) 	 	 	(56	) 	 	 	98	  	 	 	(57	) 	
Less: loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income attributable to Warner Music Group Corp	 	$	(39	) 	 	$	47	  	 	$	(47	) 	 	$	(4	) 	 	$	(43	) 	 	$	(55	) 	 	$	(56	) 	 	$	98	  	 	$	(56	) 	

30

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
For The Six Months Ended March 31, 2012 (Successor)

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(48	) 	 	$	(21	) 	 	$	42	  	 	$	(22	) 	 	$	(49	) 	 	$	(62	) 	 	$	(62	) 	 	$	113	  	 	$	(60	) 	
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	123	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	123	  	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(9	) 	
Non-cash interest expense	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Equity (gains) losses from consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	(58	) 	 	 	27	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	32	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	51	  	 	 	62	  	 	 	(113	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	8	  	 	 	32	  	 	 	36	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	76	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	76	  	
Inventories	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	
Royalty advances	 	 	—  	  	 	 	20	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	21	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	21	  	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	60	  	 	 	(106	) 	 	 	(14	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	(62	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(62	) 	
Royalties payable	 	 	—  	  	 	 	29	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	26	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	26	  	
Accrued interest	 	 	28	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	28	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	34	  	
Other balance sheet changes	 	 	38	  	 	 	(23	) 	 	 	(12	) 	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(4	) 	

31

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities	 	 	27	  	 	 	38	  	 	 	85	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	150	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	146	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investments and acquisitions of businesses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(5	) 	
Acquisition of publishing rights	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	(7	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(13	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(13	) 	
Proceeds from the sale of music catalog	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	2	  	
Capital expenditures	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(13	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(13	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(14	) 	 	 	(15	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(29	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(29	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Dividend by Acquisition Corp. to Holdings Corp.	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	10	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Distributions to noncontrolling interest holders	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(12	) 	 	 	10	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(2	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net increase in cash and equivalents	 	 	27	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	71	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	112	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	118	  	
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	17	  	 	 	61	  	 	 	72	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	150	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	154	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and equivalents at end of period	 	$	44	  	 	$	75	  	 	$	143	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	262	  	 	$	10	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	272	  	

32

Table of Contents
WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.
Supplementary Information
Consolidating Statement of Cash Flows (Unaudited)
For The Six Months Ended March 31, 2011 (Predecessor)

 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Cash flows from operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net (loss) income	 	$	(39	) 	 	$	47	  	 	$	(48	) 	 	$	(4	) 	 	$	(44	) 	 	$	(55	) 	 	$	(56	) 	 	$	98	  	 	$	(57	) 	
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash used in operating activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	79	  	 	 	50	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	129	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	129	  	
Deferred income taxes	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(8	) 	
Non-cash interest expense	 	 	6	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	6	  	
Non-cash, share-based compensation expense	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	
Equity (gains) losses from consolidated subsidiaries	 	 	(43	) 	 	 	26	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	43	  	 	 	55	  	 	 	(98	) 	 	 	—  	  	
Other non-cash items	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Accounts receivable	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	33	  	 	 	73	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	105	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	105	  	
Inventories	 	 	—  	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	7	  	
Royalty advances	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(25	) 	 	 	(10	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(35	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(35	) 	
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities	 	 	75	  	 	 	(209	) 	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	(9	)	 	 	(154	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(154	) 	
Royalties payable	 	 	—  	  	 	 	20	  	 	 	(36	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(16	) 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	(16	) 	
Accrued interest	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	1	  	
Other balance sheet changes	 	 	1	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	7	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	8	  	 	 	12	  	 	 	(11	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	9	  	

33

Table of Contents
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Non-
Guarantor
Subsidiaries	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	WMG
Acquisition
Corp.
Consolidated	 	 	WMG
Holdings
Corp.
(issuer)	 	 	Warner
Music
Group
Corp.	 	 	Eliminations	 	 	Warner Music
Group Corp.
Consolidated	 	
 	 	(in millions)	 	
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(16	) 	 	 	21	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	5	  	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(12	) 	 	 	—  	 	 	 	(7	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from investing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Investments and acquisitions of businesses	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(57	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(57	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(57	) 	
Acquisition of publishing rights	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(33	) 	 	 	(14	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(47	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(47	) 	
Capital expenditures	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(16	) 	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(22	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(22	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in investing activities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(49	) 	 	 	(77	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(126	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(126	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash flows from financing activities:	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Distributions to noncontrolling interest holders	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net cash used in financing activities	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(1	) 	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Effect of foreign currency exchange rate changes on cash	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	14	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	14	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net decrease in cash and equivalents	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(65	) 	 	 	(43	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(108	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(12	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	(120	) 	
Cash and equivalents at beginning of period	 	 	—  	  	 	 	135	  	 	 	128	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	263	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	176	  	 	 	—  	  	 	 	439	  	
 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Cash and equivalents at end of period	 	$	—  	  	 	$	70	  	 	$	85	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	155	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	164	  	 	$	—  	  	 	$	319	  	

34

Table of Contents
ITEM 2.	MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS	
You should read the following discussion of our results of operations and financial condition with the unaudited interim financial statements included elsewhere in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012 (the “Quarterly Report”).
“SAFE HARBOR” STATEMENT UNDER PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT OF 1995
This Quarterly Report includes “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. All statements other than statements of historical facts included in this Quarterly Report, including, without limitation, statements regarding our future financial position, business strategy, budgets, projected costs, cost savings, industry trends and plans and objectives of management for future operations, are forward-looking statements. In addition, forward-looking statements generally can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology such as “may,” “will,” “expect,” “intend,” “estimate,” “anticipate,” “believe” or “continue” or the negative thereof or variations thereon or similar terminology. Such statements include, among others, statements regarding our ability to develop talent and attract future talent, our ability to reduce future capital expenditures, our ability to monetize our music content, including through new distribution channels and formats to capitalize on the growth areas of the music industry, our ability to effectively deploy our capital, the development of digital music and the effect of digital distribution channels on our business, including whether we will be able to achieve higher margins from digital sales, the success of strategic actions we are taking to accelerate our transformation as we redefine our role in the music industry, the effectiveness of our ongoing efforts to reduce overhead expenditures and manage our variable and fixed cost structure and our ability to generate expected cost savings from such efforts, our success in limiting piracy, our ability to compete in the highly competitive markets in which we operate, the growth of the music industry and the effect of our and the music industry’s efforts to combat piracy on the industry, our intention to pay dividends or repurchase our outstanding notes in open market purchases, privately or otherwise, the impact on us of potential strategic transactions, the impact on the competitive landscape of the music industry from the announced sale of EMI’s recorded music and music publishing businesses, our ability to fund our future capital needs and the effect of litigation on us. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that such expectations will prove to have been correct.
There are a number of risks and uncertainties that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements contained in this Quarterly Report. Additionally, important factors could cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements we make in this Quarterly Report. As stated elsewhere in this Quarterly Report, such risks, uncertainties and other important factors include, among others:
 
 	•	 	litigation in respect of the Merger;	
 
 	•	 	reduced access to capital markets as the result of the delisting of the our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange following consummation of the Merger;	
 
 	•	 	the impact of our substantial leverage, including the increase associated with additional indebtedness incurred in connection with the Merger and the transactions related to the Merger, on our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, on our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and on our ability to meet our obligations under our indebtedness;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to achieve expected or targeted cost savings following consummation of the Merger;	
 
 	•	 	the continued decline in the global recorded music industry and the rate of overall decline in the music industry;	
 
 	•	 	our ability to continue to identify, sign and retain desirable talent at manageable costs;	
 
 	•	 	the threat posed to our business by piracy of music by means of home CD-R activity, Internet peer-to-peer filesharing and sideloading of unauthorized content;	
 
 	•	 	the significant threat posed to our business and the music industry by organized industrial piracy;	
 
 	•	 	the popular demand for particular recording artists and/or songwriters and albums and the timely completion of albums by major recording artists and/or songwriters;	
 
 	•	 	the diversity and quality of our portfolio of songwriters;	
 
 	•	 	the diversity and quality of our album releases;	
 
 	•	 	significant fluctuations in our results of operations and cash flows due to the nature of our business;	
 
 	•	 	our involvement in intellectual property litigation;	
 
 	•	 	the possible downward pressure on our pricing and profit margins;	
 
35

Table of Contents
 	•	 	our ability to continue to enforce our intellectual property rights in digital environments;	
 
 	•	 	the ability to develop a successful business model applicable to a digital environment and to enter into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to broaden our revenue streams in growing segments of the music business;	
 
 	•	 	the impact of heightened and intensive competition in the recorded music and music publishing businesses and our inability to execute our business strategy;	
 
 	•	 	risks associated with our non-U.S. operations, including limited legal protections of our intellectual property rights and restrictions on the repatriation of capital;	
 
 	•	 	the impact of legitimate music distribution on the Internet or the introduction of other new music distribution formats;	
 
 	•	 	the reliance on a limited number of online music stores and their ability to significantly influence the pricing structure for online music stores;	
 
 	•	 	the impact of rate regulations on our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses;	
 
 	•	 	the impact of rates on other income streams that may be set by arbitration proceedings on our business;	
 
 	•	 	the impact an impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible and long-lived assets could have on our operating results and shareholders’ deficit;	
 
 	•	 	risks associated with the fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates;	
 
 	•	 	our ability and the ability of our joint venture partners to operate our existing joint ventures satisfactorily;	
 
 	•	 	the enactment of legislation limiting the terms by which an individual can be bound under a “personal services” contract;	
 
 	•	 	potential loss of catalog if it is determined that recording artists have a right to recapture recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act;	
 
 	•	 	changes in law and government regulations;	
 
 	•	 	trends that affect the end uses of our musical compositions (which include uses in broadcast radio and television, film and advertising businesses);	
 
 	•	 	the growth of other products that compete for the disposable income of consumers;	
 
 	•	 	the impact on the competitive landscape of the music industry from the announced sale of EMI’s recorded music and music publishing businesses;	
 
 	•	 	risks inherent in relying on one supplier for manufacturing, packaging and distribution services in North America and parts of Europe;	
 
 	•	 	risks inherent in our acquiring or investing in other businesses including our ability to successfully manage new businesses that we may acquire as we diversify revenue streams within the music industry;	
 
 	•	 	the fact that we have engaged in substantial restructuring activities in the past, and may need to implement further restructurings in the future and our restructuring efforts may not be successful or generate expected cost savings;	
 
 	•	 	the fact that we are outsourcing certain back-office functions, such as IT infrastructure and development and certain finance and accounting functions, which will make us more dependent upon third parties;	
 
 	•	 	the possibility that our owner’s interests will conflict with ours or yours; and	
 
 	•	 	failure to attract and retain key personnel.	
There may be other factors not presently known to us or which we currently consider to be immaterial that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking statements.
All forward-looking statements attributable to us or persons acting on our behalf apply only as of the date of this Quarterly Report and are expressly qualified in their entirety by the cautionary statements included in this Quarterly Report. We disclaim any duty to publicly update or revise forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.
INTRODUCTION
Warner Music Group Corp. was formed on November 21, 2003. The Company is the direct parent of WMG Holdings Corp. (“Holdings”), which is the direct parent of WMG Acquisition Corp. (“Acquisition Corp.”). Acquisition Corp is one of the world’s major music-based content companies.
Pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 6, 2011 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among the Company, AI Entertainment Holdings LLC (formerly Airplanes Music LLC), a Delaware limited liability company (“Parent”) and an affiliate of Access Industries, Inc. (“Access”), and Airplanes Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (“Merger Sub”), on July 20, 2011 (the “Closing Date”), Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent (the “Merger”).
 
36

Table of Contents
On the Closing Date, in connection with the Merger, each outstanding share of common stock of the Company (other than any shares owned by the Company or its wholly owned subsidiaries, or by Parent and its affiliates, or by any stockholders who were entitled to and who properly exercised appraisal rights under Delaware law, and shares of unvested restricted stock granted under the Company’s equity plan) was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive $8.25 in cash, without interest and less applicable withholding taxes (collectively, the “Merger Consideration”).
On the Closing Date, the Company notified the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (the “NYSE”) of its intent to remove the Company’s common stock from listing on the NYSE and requested that the NYSE file with the SEC an application on Form 25 to report the delisting of the Company’s common stock from the NYSE. On July 21, 2011, in accordance with the Company’s request, the NYSE filed the Form 25 with the SEC in order to provide notification of such delisting and to effect the deregistration of the Company’s common stock under Section 12(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). On August 2, 2011, the Company filed a Form 15 with the SEC in order to provide notification of a suspension of its duty to file reports under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company has continued to file reports with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act in accordance with certain covenants contained in the instruments governing the Company’s outstanding indebtedness. Additionally, the Company filed two exchange offer registration statements with the SEC in connection with the registration of its guarantee of the 11.50% Senior Notes due 2018 issued by Acquisition Corp. and the 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 issued by Holdings, both of which became effective on March 16, 2012. As a result, the Company is currently required to file reports pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. The Company has included condensed consolidating financial information as a condition to omitting separate financial statements for Acquisition Corp. and Holdings under Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act as permitted by Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X.
Parent funded the Merger Consideration through cash on hand at the Company at closing, equity financing obtained from Parent and debt financing obtained from third party lenders.
The Company and Holdings are holding companies that conduct substantially all of their business operations through their subsidiaries. The terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “ours,” and the “Company” refer collectively to Warner Music Group Corp. and its consolidated subsidiaries, except where otherwise indicated.
Management’s discussion and analysis of results of operations and financial condition (“MD&A”) is provided as a supplement to the unaudited financial statements and footnotes included elsewhere herein to help provide an understanding of our financial condition, changes in financial condition and results of our operations. MD&A is organized as follows:
 
 	•	 	Overview. This section provides a general description of our business, as well as recent developments that we believe are important in understanding our results of operations and financial condition and in anticipating future trends.	
 
 	•	 	Results of operations. This section provides an analysis of our results of operations for the three and six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor). This analysis is presented on both a consolidated and segment basis.	
 
 	•	 	Financial condition and liquidity. This section provides an analysis of our cash flows for the six months ended March 31, 2012 (Successor) and March 31, 2011 (Predecessor) as well as a discussion of our financial condition and liquidity as of March 31, 2012. The discussion of our financial condition and liquidity includes (i) a summary of our debt agreements and (ii) a summary of the key debt compliance measures under our debt agreements.	
Overall Operating Results
In accordance with United States Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), we have separated our historical financial results for the three and six months ended March 31, 2012 (“Successor”) and for the three and six months ended March 31, 2011 (“Predecessor”). Successor and Predecessor periods are presented on different bases and are, therefore, not comparable.
Use of OIBDA
We evaluate our operating performance based on several factors, including our primary financial measure of operating income (loss) before non-cash depreciation of tangible assets, non-cash amortization of intangible assets and non-cash impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of goodwill and intangible assets (which we refer to as “OIBDA”). We consider OIBDA to be an important indicator of the operational strengths and performance of our businesses, including the ability to provide cash flows to service debt. However, a limitation of the use of OIBDA as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the periodic costs of certain capitalized tangible and intangible assets used in generating revenues in our businesses. Accordingly, OIBDA should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, operating income, net loss attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. and other measures of financial performance reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. In addition, our definition of OIBDA may differ from similarly titled measures used by other companies. A reconciliation of consolidated historical OIBDA to operating income and net income (loss) attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. is provided in our “Results of Operations.”
 
37

Table of Contents
See “—Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Financial Condition” and “—Results of Operations” below for further discussion of these items.
Use of Constant Currency
As exchange rates are an important factor in understanding period to period comparisons, we believe the presentation of results on a constant-currency basis in addition to reported results helps improve the ability to understand our operating results and evaluate our performance in comparison to prior periods. Constant-currency information compares results between periods as if exchange rates had remained constant period over period. We use results on a constant-currency basis as one measure to evaluate our performance. We calculate constant currency by calculating prior-year results using current-year foreign currency exchange rates. However, a limitation of the use of the constant-currency results as a performance measure is that it does not reflect the impact of exchange rates on our revenue, including, for example, the $6 million, $4 million, and $1 million unfavorable impacts of exchange rates on our Total, Recorded Music, and Music Publishing Revenues, respectively, in the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the prior-year quarter and the $1 million unfavorable impact of exchange rates on our Total and Music Publishing Revenues in the six months ended March 31, 2012 compared to the prior-year period. We generally refer to such amounts calculated on a constant-currency basis as “excluding the impact of foreign currency exchange rates.” These results should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for, results reported in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Results on a constant-currency basis, as we present them, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies and are not a measure of performance presented in accordance with U.S. GAAP.
OVERVIEW
We are one of the world’s major music-based content companies. We classify our business interests into two fundamental operations: Recorded Music and Music Publishing. A brief description of each of those operations is presented below.
Recorded Music Operations
Our Recorded Music business primarily consists of the discovery and development of artists and the related marketing, distribution and licensing of recorded music produced by such artists.
We are also diversifying our revenues beyond our traditional businesses by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists in order to partner with artists in other areas of their careers. Under these agreements, we provide services to and participate in artists’ activities outside the traditional recorded music business. We have built artist services capabilities and platforms for exploiting this broader set of music-related rights and participating more broadly in the monetization of the artist brands we help create. In developing our artist services business, we have both built and expanded in-house capabilities and expertise and have acquired a number of existing artist services companies involved in artist management, merchandising, strategic marketing and brand management, ticketing, concert promotion, fan club, original programming and video entertainment.
We believe that entering into expanded-rights deals and enhancing our artist services capabilities will permit us to diversify revenue streams to better capitalize on the growth areas of the music industry and permit us to build stronger long-term relationships with artists and more effectively connect artists and fans.
In the U.S., our Recorded Music operations are conducted principally through our major record labels—Warner Bros. Records and the Atlantic Records Group. Our Recorded Music operations also include Rhino, a division that specializes in marketing our music catalog through compilations and re-issuances of previously released music and video titles, as well as in the licensing of recordings to and from third parties for various uses, including film and television soundtracks. Rhino has also become our primary licensing division focused on acquiring broader licensing rights from certain catalog recording artists. For example, we have an exclusive license with The Grateful Dead to manage the band’s intellectual property and in November 2007 we acquired a 50% interest in Frank Sinatra Enterprises, an entity that administers licenses for use of Frank Sinatra’s name and likeness and manages all aspects of his music, film and stage content. We also conduct our Recorded Music operations through a collection of additional record labels, including, among others, Asylum, East West, Elektra, Nonesuch, Reprise, Roadrunner, Rykodisc, Sire and Word.
Outside the U.S., our Recorded Music activities are conducted in more than 50 countries primarily through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees, which we sometimes refer to collectively as Warner Music International, or WMI. WMI engages in the same activities as our U.S. labels: discovering and signing artists and distributing, marketing and selling their recorded music. In most cases, WMI also markets and distributes the records of those artists for whom our domestic record labels have international rights. In certain smaller markets, WMI licenses to unaffiliated third-party record labels the right to distribute its records. Our international artist services operations also include a network of concert promoters through which WMI provides resources to coordinate tours.
Our Recorded Music distribution operations include: WEA Corp., which markets and sells music and DVD products to retailers and wholesale distributors in the U.S.; ADA, which distributes the products of independent labels to retail and wholesale distributors in the U.S.; various distribution centers and ventures operated internationally; an 80% interest in Word Entertainment, which specializes in the distribution of music products in the Christian retail marketplace; and ADA Global, which provides distribution services outside of the U.S. through a network of affiliated and non-affiliated distributors.
 
38

Table of Contents
We play an integral role in virtually all aspects of the music value chain from discovering and developing talent to producing albums and promoting artists and their products. After an artist has entered into a contract with one of our record labels, a master recording of the artist’s music is created. The recording is then replicated for sale to consumers primarily in CD and digital formats. In the U.S., WEA Corp., ADA and Word market, sell and deliver product, either directly or through sub-distributors and wholesalers, to record stores, mass merchants and other retailers. Our recorded music products are also sold in physical form to online physical retailers such as Amazon.com, barnesandnoble.com and bestbuy.com and in digital form to online digital retailers like Apple’s iTunes and mobile full-track download stores such as those operated by Verizon or Sprint. We also sell recorded music products through other digital distribution channels such as streaming and subscription services. In the case of expanded-rights deals where we acquire broader rights in a recording artist’s career, we may provide more comprehensive career support and actively develop new opportunities for an artist through touring, fan clubs, merchandising and sponsorships, among other areas. We believe expanded-rights deals create a better partnership with our artists, which allows us to work together more closely with them to create and sustain artistic and commercial success.
We have integrated the sale of digital content into all aspects of our Recorded Music and Music Publishing businesses including A&R, marketing, promotion and distribution. Our new media executives work closely with A&R departments to make sure that while a record is being made, digital assets are also created with all distribution channels in mind, including subscription services, social networking sites, online portals and music-centered destinations. We also work side by side with our mobile and online partners to test new concepts. We believe existing and new digital businesses will be a significant source of growth for the next several years and will provide new opportunities to monetize our assets and create new revenue streams. As a music-based content company, we have assets that go beyond our recorded music and music publishing catalogs, such as our music video library, which we have begun to monetize through digital channels. The proportion of digital revenues attributed to each distribution channel varies by region and since digital music is still in the relatively early stages of growth, proportions may change as the roll out of new technologies continues. As an owner of musical content, we believe we are well positioned to take advantage of growth in digital distribution and emerging technologies to maximize the value of our assets.
Recorded Music revenues are derived from three main sources:
 
 	•	 	Physical and other: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to sales of physical products such as CDs and DVDs. We are also diversifying our revenues beyond sales of physical products and receive other revenues from our artist services business and our participation in expanded rights associated with our artists and other artists, including sponsorship, fan club, artist websites, merchandising, touring, ticketing and artist and brand management;	
 
 	•	 	Digital: the rightsholder receives revenues with respect to online and mobile downloads, mobile ringtones or ringback tones and online and mobile streaming; and	
 
 	•	 	Licensing: the rightsholder receives royalties or fees for the right to use the sound recording in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and videogames.	
The principal costs associated with our Recorded Music operations are as follows:
 
 	•	 	Royalty costs and artist and repertoire costs—the costs associated with (i) paying royalties to artists, producers, songwriters, other copyright holders and trade unions, (ii) signing and developing artists, (iii) creating master recordings in the studio and (iv) creating artwork for album covers and liner notes;	
 
 	•	 	Product costs—the costs to manufacture, package and distribute product to wholesale and retail distribution outlets as well as those principal costs related to expanded rights;	
 
 	•	 	Selling and marketing costs—the costs associated with the promotion and marketing of artists and recorded music products, including costs to produce music videos for promotional purposes and artist tour support; and	
 
 	•	 	General and administrative costs—the costs associated with general overhead and other administrative costs.	
Music Publishing Operations
Where recorded music is focused on exploiting a particular recording of a song, music publishing is an intellectual property business focused on the exploitation of the song itself. In return for promoting, placing, marketing and administering the creative output of a songwriter, or engaging in those activities for other rightsholders, our music publishing business garners a share of the revenues generated from use of the song.
Our music publishing operations include Warner/Chappell, our global music publishing company headquartered in Los Angeles with operations in over 50 countries through various subsidiaries, affiliates and non-affiliated licensees. We own or control rights to more than one million musical compositions, including numerous pop hits, American standards, folk songs and motion picture and theatrical compositions. Assembled over decades, our award-winning catalog includes over 65,000 songwriters and composers and a diverse range of genres including pop, rock, jazz, country, R&B, hip-hop, rap, reggae, Latin, folk, blues, symphonic, soul, Broadway, techno, alternative, gospel and other Christian music. In January 2011, the Company acquired Southside Independent Music Publishing, a leading independent music publishing company, further adding to its catalog. Warner/Chappell also administers the music and soundtracks of several third-party television and film producers and studios, including Lucasfilm, Ltd., Hallmark
 
39

Table of Contents
Entertainment, Disney Music Publishing and Turner Music Publishing. In 2007, we entered the production music library business with the acquisition of Non-Stop Music and further expanded our production music operations with the acquisitions of Groove Addicts Production Music Library and Carlin Recorded Music Library in 2010 and 615 Music in 2011, collectively branded as Warner/Chappell Production Music.
Publishing revenues are derived from five main sources:
 
 	•	 	Mechanical: the licensor receives royalties with respect to compositions embodied in recordings sold in any physical format or configuration ( e.g. , CDs and DVDs);	
 
 	•	 	Performance: the licensor receives royalties if the composition is performed publicly through broadcast of music on television, radio, cable and satellite, live performance at a concert or other venue ( e.g. , arena concerts, nightclubs), online and mobile streaming and performance of music in staged theatrical productions;	
 
 	•	 	Synchronization: the licensor receives royalties or fees for the right to use the composition in combination with visual images such as in films or television programs, television commercials and videogames as well as from other uses such as in toys or novelty items and merchandise;	
 
 	•	 	Digital: the licensor receives royalties or fees with respect to online and mobile downloads, mobile ringtones and online and mobile streaming; and	
 
 	•	 	Other: the licensor receives royalties for use in sheet music.	
The principal costs associated with our Music Publishing operations are as follows:
 
 	•	 	Artist and repertoire costs—the costs associated with (i) signing and developing songwriters and (ii) paying royalties to songwriters, co-publishers and other copyright holders in connection with income generated from the exploitation of their copyrighted works; and	
 
 	•	 	General and administration costs—the costs associated with general overhead and other administrative costs.	
Factors Affecting Results of Operations and Financial Condition
Market Factors
Since 1999, the recorded music industry has been unstable and the worldwide market has contracted considerably, which has adversely affected our operating results. The industry-wide decline can be attributed primarily to digital piracy. Other drivers of this decline are the bankruptcies of record retailers and wholesalers, growing competition for consumer discretionary spending and retail shelf space, and the maturation of the CD format, which has slowed the historical growth pattern of recorded music sales. While CD sales still generate a significant portion of the recorded music revenues, CD sales continue to decline industry-wide and we expect that trend to continue. While new formats for selling recorded music product have been created, including the legal downloading of digital music using the Internet and the distribution of music on mobile devices, revenue streams from these new formats have not yet reached a level where they fully offset the declines in CD sales on a world-wide industry basis. While U.S. industry-wide track-equivalent album sales rose in 2011 for the first time since 2004, album sales continued to fall in other countries, such as the U.K., as a result of ongoing digital piracy and the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music business. Accordingly, the recorded music industry performance may continue to negatively impact our operating results. In addition, a declining recorded music industry could continue to have an adverse impact on portions of the music publishing business. This is because the music publishing business generates a significant portion of its revenues from mechanical royalties from the sale of music in CD and other physical recorded music formats.
Share-Based Compensation
In connection with the Merger, the vesting of all outstanding unvested Predecessor options and certain unvested restricted stock awards was accelerated immediately prior to closing. As a result of the acceleration there were no outstanding equity awards of the Company as of July 20, 2011 and thereafter.
In total, the Company recognized non-cash compensation expense related to its stock-based compensation plans of $5 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and $7 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. As there were no outstanding equity awards subsequent to July 20, 2011, the company did not recognize any non-cash compensation expense for the three and six months ended March 31, 2012.
Severance Charges
During the six months ended March 31, 2012, we took additional actions to further align our cost structure with industry trends. This resulted in severance charges of $4 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 and $11 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012, compared to $18 million during the six months ended March 31, 2011.
 
40

Table of Contents
Additional Targeted Savings
As of the completion of our Merger on July 20, 2011, we have targeted cost savings over the next nine fiscal quarters following completion of the Merger of $50 million to $65 million based on identified cost saving initiatives and opportunities, including targeted savings expected to be realized as a result of no longer having publicly traded equity, reduced expenses related to finance, legal and information technology and reduced expenses related to certain planned corporate restructuring initiatives. While a portion of these initiatives and opportunities have been implemented, there can be no assurances that additional cost savings will be achieved in full or at all.
Expanding Business Models to Offset Declines in Physical Sales
Digital Sales
A key part of our strategy to offset declines in physical sales is to expand digital sales. New digital models have enabled us to find additional ways to generate revenues from our music content. In the transition from physical to digital sales, overall sales have decreased as the increases in digital sales have not yet met or exceeded the decrease in physical sales. Part of the reason for this gap is the shift in consumer purchasing patterns made possible from new digital models. In the digital space, consumers are now presented with the opportunity to not only purchase entire albums, but to “unbundle” albums and purchase only favorite tracks as single-track downloads. While to date, sales of online and mobile downloads have constituted the majority of our digital Recorded Music and Music Publishing revenue, that may change over time as new digital models, such as access models (models that typically bundle the purchase of a mobile device with access to music) and streaming subscription services, continue to develop. In the aggregate, we believe that growth in revenue from new digital models has the potential to offset physical declines and drive overall future revenue growth. In the digital space, certain costs associated with physical products, such as manufacturing, distribution, inventory and return costs, do not apply. Partially eroding that benefit are increases in mechanical copyright royalties payable to music publishers which apply in the digital space. While there are some digital-specific variable costs and infrastructure investments necessary to produce, market and sell music in digital formats, we believe it is reasonable to expect that digital margins will generally be higher than physical margins as a result of the elimination of certain costs associated with physical products. As consumer purchasing patterns change over time and new digital models are launched, we may see fluctuations in contribution margin depending on the overall sales mix.
Expanded-Rights Deals
We have also been seeking to expand our relationships with recording artists as another means to offset declines in physical revenues in Recorded Music. For example, we have been signing recording artists to expanded-rights deals for the last several years. Under these expanded-rights deals, we participate in the recording artist’s revenue streams, other than from recorded music sales, such as live performances, merchandising and sponsorships. We believe that additional revenue from these revenue streams will help to offset declines in physical revenue over time. As we have generally signed newer artists to these deals, increased non-traditional revenue from these deals is expected to come several years after these deals have been signed as the artists become more successful and are able to generate revenue other than from recorded music sales. While non-traditional Recorded Music revenue, which includes revenue from expanded-rights deals as well as revenue from our artist services business, represented approximately 9% of our total revenue during the six months ended March 31, 2012, we believe this revenue should continue to grow and represent a larger proportion of our revenue over time. Non-traditional revenue will fluctuate from period to period depending upon touring schedules, among other things. We also believe that the strategy of entering into expanded-rights deals and continuing to develop our artist services business will contribute to Recorded Music growth over time. Margins for the various non-traditional Recorded Music revenue streams can vary significantly. The overall impact on margins will, therefore, depend on the composition of the various revenue streams in any particular period. For instance, revenue from touring under our expanded-rights deals typically flows straight through to net income with little cost. Revenue from our management business and revenue from sponsorship and touring under expanded-rights deals are all high margin, while merchandise revenue under expanded-rights deals and concert promotion revenue from our concert promotion businesses tend to be lower margin than our traditional revenue streams from Recorded Music and Music Publishing.
The Merger
Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, on the Closing Date, Merger Sub merged with and into the Company with the Company surviving as a wholly owned subsidiary of Parent.
On the Closing Date, in connection with the Merger, each outstanding share of common stock of the Company (other than any shares owned by the Company or its wholly owned subsidiaries, or by Parent and its affiliates, or by any stockholders who were entitled to and who properly exercised appraisal rights under Delaware law, and shares of unvested restricted stock granted under the Company’s equity plan) was cancelled and converted automatically into the right to receive the Merger Consideration.
Equity contributions totaling $1.1 billion from Parent, together with (i) the proceeds from the sale of (a) $150 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Secured WMG Notes”) initially issued by WM Finance Corp., (the “Initial OpCo Issuer”), (b) $765 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% Senior Notes due 2018 initially issued by the Initial
 
41

Table of Contents
OpCo Issuer, (the “Unsecured WMG Notes”) and (c) $150 million aggregate principal amount of 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Holdings Notes” and together with the Secured WMG Notes and the Unsecured WMG Notes, the “Notes”) initially issued by WM Holdings Finance Corp., (the “Initial Holdings Issuer”) and (ii) cash on hand at the Company, were used, among other things, to finance the aggregate Merger Consideration, to make payments in satisfaction of other equity-based interests in the Company under the Merger Agreement, to repay certain of the Company’s existing indebtedness and to pay related transaction fees and expenses. On the Closing Date (i) Acquisition Corp. became the obligor under the Secured WMG Notes and the Unsecured WMG Notes as a result of the merger of Initial OpCo Issuer with and into Acquisition Corp. (the “OpCo Merger”) and (ii) Holdings became the obligor under the Holdings Notes as a result of the merger of Initial Holdings Issuer with and into Holdings (the “Holdings Merger”). On the Closing Date, the Company also entered into, but did not draw under, a new $60 million revolving credit facility.
In connection with the Merger, the Company also refinanced certain of its existing consolidated indebtedness, including (i) the repurchase and redemption by Holdings of its approximately $258 million in fully accreted principal amount outstanding 9.5% Senior Discount Notes due 2014 (the “Existing Holdings Notes”), and the satisfaction and discharge of the related indenture and (ii) the repurchase and redemption by Acquisition Corp. of its $465 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding 7 3/8% Dollar-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 and £100 million in aggregate principal amount of its outstanding 8 1/8% Sterling-denominated Senior Subordinated Notes due 2014 (the “Existing Acquisition Corp. Notes” and together with the Existing Holdings Notes, the “Existing Notes”), and the satisfaction and discharge of the related indenture, and payment of related tender offer or call premiums and accrued interest on the Existing Notes.
Management Agreement
Upon completion of the Merger, the Company and Holdings entered into a management agreement with Access, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Management Agreement”), pursuant to which Access will provide the Company and its subsidiaries, with financial, investment banking, management, advisory and other services. Pursuant to the Management Agreement, the Company, or one or more of its subsidiaries, will pay Access a specified annual fee, plus expenses, and a specified transaction fee for certain types of transactions completed by Holdings or one or more of its subsidiaries, plus expenses. For the three and six months ended March 31, 2012, such costs incurred by the Company were approximately $2 million and $4 million, respectively.
 
42

Table of Contents
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
Three Months Ended March 31, 2012 Compared with Three Months Ended March 31, 2011
Consolidated Historical Results
Revenues
Our revenues were composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Revenue by Type	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Physical and other	  	$	229	  	 	 	  	$	287	  	 	$	(58	) 	 	 	-20	% 	
Digital	  	 	222	  	 	 	  	 	205	  	 	 	17	  	 	 	8	% 	
Licensing	  	 	52	  	 	 	  	 	60	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	-13	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Recorded Music	  	 	503	  	 	 	  	 	552	  	 	 	(49	) 	 	 	-9	% 	
Mechanical	  	 	32	  	 	 	  	 	34	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Performance	  	 	47	  	 	 	  	 	50	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Synchronization	  	 	32	  	 	 	  	 	31	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	3	% 	
Digital	  	 	14	  	 	 	  	 	17	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	-18	% 	
Other	  	 	3	  	 	 	  	 	5	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	-40	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Music Publishing	  	 	128	  	 	 	  	 	137	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
Intersegment elimination	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	  	 	(5	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	-40	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Revenue	  	$	628	  	 	 	  	$	684	  	 	$	(56	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue by Geographical Location	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Recorded Music	  	$	211	  	 	 	  	$	254	  	 	$	(43	) 	 	 	-17	% 	
U.S. Publishing	  	 	55	  	 	 	  	 	61	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	-10	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total U.S.	  	 	266	  	 	 	  	 	315	  	 	 	(49	) 	 	 	-16	% 	
International Recorded Music	  	 	292	  	 	 	  	 	298	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	-2	% 	
International Publishing	  	 	73	  	 	 	  	 	76	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total International	  	 	365	  	 	 	  	 	374	  	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	-2	% 	
Intersegment eliminations	  	 	(3	) 	 	 	  	 	(5	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	-40	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Revenue	  	$	628	  	 	 	  	$	684	  	 	$	(56	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Revenue
Total revenues decreased by $56 million to $628 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $684 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music and Music Publishing revenues represented 80% and 20% of total revenues for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, U.S. and international revenues represented 42% and 58% of total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and 46% and 54% of total revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total revenues decreased $50 million, or 7%.
Total digital revenues after intersegment eliminations increased by $15 million, or 7%, to $235 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $220 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Total digital revenues represented 37% and 32% of consolidated revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $131 million and international revenues of $105 million, or 56% and 44% of total digital revenues, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $134 million and international revenues of $88 million, or 60% and 40% of total digital revenues, respectively.
Recorded Music revenues decreased by $49 million, or 9%, to $503 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $552 million for the three months both ended March 31, 2011. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $211 million and $254 million, or 42% and 46% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $292 million and $298 million, or 58% and 54% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
 
43

Table of Contents
This performance reflected a light release schedule in the current-year quarter as compared with the prior-year quarter in addition to the continuing decline of physical sales. Licensing revenues decreased $8 million, or 13%, due primarily to timing. Partially offsetting these results were increases in digital revenue of $17 million, or 8%, driven by growth of digital downloads from emerging digital markets in Latin America and certain European territories and the continued success of streaming services, partially offset by the continued decline in global mobile revenue primarily related to lower ringtone demand. In addition, merchandising revenues increased from expanded-rights deals in the U.S. and Japan in the current-year quarter as compared with the prior-year quarter. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total recorded music revenues decreased by $45 million, or 8%.
Music Publishing revenues decreased by $9 million, or 7%, to $128 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $137 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $55 million and $61 million, or 43% and 45% of Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues were $73 million and $76 million, or 57% and 55% of Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total music publishing revenues decreased by $8 million, or 6%.
The decrease in Music Publishing revenue was driven primarily by decreases in performance revenue, digital revenue and mechanical revenue, partially offset by an increase in synchronization revenue. The decrease in performance revenue was driven primarily by a reduction in U.S. radio license fees, partially offset by a stronger advertising market, strong chart positions as well as recent acquisitions. The decrease in digital revenue was primarily driven by a one-time settlement in the prior-year quarter and timing of collections. The decrease in mechanical revenue reflected the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry. The increase in synchronization revenue reflected strength in advertising-related revenue partially offset by falloffs in other areas including videogames.
Revenue by Geographical Location
U.S. revenues decreased by $49 million, or 16%, to $266 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $315 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The overall decrease in revenue from the U.S. Recorded Music business reflected a light release schedule in the current-year quarter as compared with the prior-year quarter in addition to the continuing decline of physical sales. The overall decrease in revenue from the U.S. Music Publishing business reflected a reduction in U.S. collections, a one-time digital settlement in the prior-year quarter and the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry.
International revenues decreased by $9 million, or 2%, to $365 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $374 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The overall decrease in international revenue was driven primarily by the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry, partially offset by an increase in digital revenue, primarily as a result of continued growth in global downloads. In addition, merchandising and touring revenue increases from expanded-rights deals in Japan and Italy were partially offset by lower touring revenue in France. Revenue decline in the U.K. reflected a light release schedule in the current-year quarter as compared with the prior-year quarter as well as the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total international revenues decreased $4 million or 1%.
Cost of revenues
Our cost of revenues is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Artist and repertoire costs	  	$	197	  	  	 	  	$	223	  	  	$	(26	) 	 	 	-12	% 	
Product costs	  	 	107	  	  	 	  	 	117	  	  	 	(10	) 	 	 	-9	% 	
Licensing costs	  	 	19	  	  	 	  	 	19	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	  	$	323	  	  	 	  	$	359	  	  	$	(36	) 	 	 	-10	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Our cost of revenues decreased by $36 million, or 10%, to $323 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $359 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 51% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 52% for the three months ended March 31, 2011.
Artist and repertoire costs decreased by $26 million to $197 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $223 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in artist and repertoire costs were driven by decreased revenues for the current-year quarter, the timing of our artist and repertoire spend and a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract. Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenues decreased to 31% for three months ended March 31, 2012 from 33% and for three months ended March 31, 2011 due primarily to changes in revenue mix and the cost-recovery benefit noted above.
 
44

Table of Contents
Product costs decreased $10 million, or 9%, to $107 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $117 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of the decrease in product costs resulting from lower physical revenue in the current-year quarter. Product costs as a percentage of revenues remained flat at 17% for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
Licensing costs remained flat at $19 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. Licensing costs as a percentage of licensing revenues increased to 37% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 32% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of changes in revenue mix.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expense is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
General and administrative expense (1)	  	$	130	  	  	 	  	$	142	  	  	$	(12	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
Selling and marketing expense	  	 	90	  	  	 	  	 	96	  	  	 	(6	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Distribution expense	  	 	13	  	  	 	  	 	14	  	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total selling, general and administrative expense	  	$	233	  	  	 	  	$	252	  	  	$	(19	) 	 	 	-8	% 	

(1)	Includes depreciation expense of $13 million and $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.	
Total selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $19 million, or 8%, to $233 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $252 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 37% for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
General and administrative expenses decreased by $12 million, or 8%, to $130 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $142 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses remained flat at 21% for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. The decrease in general and administrative expense was driven primarily by lower severance charges of $4 million in the current-year quarter, continued cost management efforts in the current-year quarter and prior-year quarter charges of $5 million for share-based compensation expense, partially offset by fees associated with our Management Agreement and an increase in depreciation expense resulting from recently completed capital projects and purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger.
Selling and marketing expense decreased by $6 million, or 6%, to $90 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $96 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily related to lower variable marketing expense as a result of our efforts to better align spending on selling and marketing expense with revenues earned. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling and marketing expense remained flat at 14% for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
Distribution expense decreased by $1 million, to $13 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $14 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, distribution expense remained flat at 2% for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
Transaction costs
Transaction costs of $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were incurred in connection with the consummation of the Merger. These costs included advisory, accounting, legal and other professional fees.
 
45

Table of Contents
Reconciliation of Consolidated Historical OIBDA to Operating Income and Net Loss Attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
As previously described, we use OIBDA as our primary measure of financial performance. The following table reconciles OIBDA to operating income, and further provides the components from operating income to net loss attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. for purposes of the discussion that follows:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	 	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
OIBDA	  	$	85	  	 	 	  	$	82	  	 	$	3	  	 	 	4	% 	
Depreciation expense	  	 	(13	) 	 	 	  	 	(11	) 	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	18	% 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(50	) 	 	 	  	 	(55	) 	 	 	5	  	 	 	-9	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	22	  	 	 	  	 	16	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	38	% 	
Interest expense, net	  	 	(56	) 	 	 	  	 	(47	) 	 	 	(9	) 	 	 	19	% 	
Other income (expense), net	  	 	2	  	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	3	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss before income taxes	  	 	(32	) 	 	 	  	 	(32	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Income tax expense	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	(7	) 	 	 	5	  	 	 	-71	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	(34	) 	 	 	  	 	(39	) 	 	 	5	  	 	 	-13	% 	
Less: (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	1	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.	  	$	(36	) 	 	 	  	$	(38	) 	 	$	2	  	 	 	-5	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OIBDA
Our OIBDA increased by $3 million, or 4%, to $85 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $82 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, total OIBDA margin increased to 14%, for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from 12%, for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Our OIBDA margin increase was driven by previously announced cost savings initiatives, lower severance charges, a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract and the prior-year quarter charges for share-based compensation expense. In addition, our Music Publishing business has improved its OIBDA margin as a result of a disciplined A&R investment and acquisition strategy focused on higher margin assets. These margin improvements were partially offset by fees associated with our Management Agreement.
See “Business Segment Results” presented hereinafter for a discussion of OIBDA by business segment.
Depreciation expense
Our depreciation expense increased by $2 million, or 18%, to $13 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $11 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily due to recently completed capital projects and purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger.
Amortization expense
Amortization expense decreased by $5 million, or 9%, to $50 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $55 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily related to purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger that resulted in longer useful lives of our intangible assets.
Operating income
Our operating income increased $6 million, or 38%, to $22 million, for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $16 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in operating income was primarily a result of the increase in OIBDA and a decrease in amortization expense, partially offset by the increase in depreciation expense noted above.
Interest expense, net
Our interest expense, net, increased $9 million, or 19%, to $56 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $47 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was driven by our new debt obligations which were issued with higher interest rates.
The total principal amount and weighted-average interest rate of the Company’s long-term debt as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2012 were $2.165 billion and 10.5%, respectively. The total principal amounts and weighted-average interest rates of the Company’s long-term debt as of and for the three months ended March 31, 2011 were $1.984 billion and 8.9%, respectively.
 
46

Table of Contents
See “—Financial Condition and Liquidity” for more information.
Other income (expense), net
Other income (expense) net for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 included net hedging gains on foreign exchange contracts, which represent currency exchange movements associated with inter-company receivables and payables that are short term in nature, offset by equity in earnings on our share of net income on investments recorded in accordance with the equity method of accounting for an unconsolidated investee.
Income tax expense
We incurred income tax expense of $2 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to an expense of $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in income tax expense relates to a decrease in foreign earnings subject to tax in certain jurisdictions and a one-time tax benefit related to a change in the statutory tax rate in Japan.
We are currently under examination by various taxing authorities. We expect that $6 million of the total accrual of uncertain tax positions, which is $13 million as of March 31, 2012, will be paid during the next twelve months.
Net loss
Our net loss decreased by $5 million, to $34 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $39 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in net loss was driven by an increase in operating income, other income (expense), net and lower income tax expense, partially offset by an increase in interest expense noted above.
Noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest for the three months ended March 31, 2012 was $2 million and net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest for the three months ended March 31, 2011 was $1 million.
Business Segment Results
Revenue, OIBDA and operating income (loss) by business segment are as follows:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Recorded Music	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	503	  	 	 	  	$	552	  	 	$	(49	) 	 	 	-9	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	48	  	 	 	  	 	54	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	-11	% 	
Operating income	  	$	7	  	 	 	  	$	10	  	 	$	(3	) 	 	 	-30	% 	
Music Publishing	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	128	  	 	 	  	$	137	  	 	$	(9	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	54	  	 	 	  	 	50	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	8	% 	
Operating income	  	$	36	  	 	 	  	$	31	  	 	$	5	  	 	 	16	% 	
Corporate expenses and eliminations	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	(3	) 	 	 	  	$	(5	) 	 	$	2	  	 	 	-40	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	(17	) 	 	 	  	 	(22	) 	 	 	5	  	 	 	-23	% 	
Operating loss	  	$	(21	) 	 	 	  	$	(25	) 	 	$	4	  	 	 	-16	% 	
Total	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	628	  	 	 	  	$	684	  	 	$	(56	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	85	  	 	 	  	 	82	  	 	 	3	  	 	 	4	% 	
Operating income	  	$	22	  	 	 	  	$	16	  	 	$	6	  	 	 	38	% 	
Recorded Music
Revenues
Recorded Music revenues decreased by $49 million, or 9%, to $503 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $552 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music revenues represented 80% of consolidated revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $211 million and $254 million, or 42% and 46% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $292 million and $298 million, or 58% and 54% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
 
47

Table of Contents
This performance reflected a light release schedule in the current-year quarter as compared with the prior-year quarter in addition to the continuing decline of physical sales. Licensing revenues decreased $8 million, or 14%, due primarily to timing. Partially offsetting these results were increases in digital revenue of $17 million, or 8%, driven by growth of digital downloads from emerging digital markets in Latin America and certain European territories and the continued success of streaming services, partially offset by the continued decline in global mobile revenue primarily related to lower ringtone demand. In addition, merchandising revenues increased from expanded-rights deals in the U.S. and Japan in the current-year quarter as compared with the prior-year quarter. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total recorded music revenues decreased by $45 million, or 8%.
Cost of revenues
Recorded Music cost of revenues is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Artist and repertoire costs	  	$	141	  	  	 	  	$	161	  	  	$	(20	) 	 	 	-12	% 	
Product costs	  	 	107	  	  	 	  	 	117	  	  	 	(10	) 	 	 	-9	% 	
Licensing costs	  	 	19	  	  	 	  	 	19	  	  	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	  	$	267	  	  	 	  	$	297	  	  	$	(30	) 	 	 	-10	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recorded Music cost of revenues decreased $30 million, or 10%, to $267 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $297 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in artist and repertoire costs were driven by decreased revenues for the current-year quarter, the timing of our artist and repertoire spend and a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract. The decrease in product costs was primarily as a result of the decrease in physical revenue. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, cost of revenues decreased to 53% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 54% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, due primarily to the cost-recovery benefit noted above.
Selling, general and administrative expense
Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
General and administrative expense (1)	  	$	94	  	  	 	  	$	100	  	  	$	(6	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Selling and marketing expense	  	 	88	  	  	 	  	 	94	  	  	 	(6	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Distribution expense	  	 	13	  	  	 	  	 	14	  	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total selling, general and administrative expense	  	$	195	  	  	 	  	$	208	  	  	$	(13	) 	 	 	-6	% 	

(1)	Includes depreciation expense of $7 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.	
Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense decreased $13 million, or 6%, to $195 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $208 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in general and administrative expense was driven primarily by continued cost management efforts in the current-year quarter and prior-year quarter charges for share-based compensation expense of $3 million. The decrease in selling and marketing expense was primarily related to lower variable marketing expense as a result of our efforts to better align spending on selling and marketing expense with revenues earned. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, selling, general and administrative expense increased to 39% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 38% for the three months ended March 31, 2011.
 
48

Table of Contents
OIBDA and Operating Income
Recorded Music operating income included the following:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
OIBDA	  	$	48	  	 	 	  	$	54	  	 	$	(6	) 	 	 	-11	% 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	(41	) 	 	 	  	 	(44	) 	 	 	3	  	 	 	-7	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	$	7	  	 	 	  	$	10	  	 	$	(3	) 	 	 	-30	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recorded Music OIBDA decreased by $6 million, or 11%, to $48 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $54 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, Recorded Music OIBDA margin remained flat at 10% for both the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. Our Recorded Music OIBDA decrease was primarily driven by the decrease in revenues, partially offset by continued cost management efforts in the current-year quarter, a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract and the prior-year quarter charges for share-based compensation expense.
Recorded Music operating income decreased by $3 million, due to the decrease in OIBDA noted above, partially offset by a decrease in amortization expense primarily related to purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger that resulted in longer useful lives of intangible assets.
Music Publishing
Revenues
Music Publishing revenues decreased by $9 million, or 7%, to $128 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $137 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Music Publishing revenues represented 20% of consolidated revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $55 million and $61 million, or 43% and 45% of Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues were $73 million and $76 million, or 57% and 55% of Music Publishing revenues for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total music publishing revenues decreased by $8 million, or 6%.
The decrease in Music Publishing revenue was driven primarily by decreases in performance revenue, digital revenue and mechanical revenue, partially offset by an increase in synchronization revenue. The decrease in performance revenue was driven primarily by a reduction in U.S. radio license fees, partially offset by a stronger advertising market, strong chart positions as well as recent acquisitions. The decrease in digital revenue was primarily driven by a one-time settlement in the prior-year quarter and timing of collections. The decrease in mechanical revenue reflected the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry. The increase in synchronization revenue reflected strength in advertising-related revenue partially offset by falloffs in other areas including videogames.
Cost of revenues
Music Publishing cost of revenues is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Artist and repertoire costs	  	$	59	  	  	 	  	$	67	  	  	$	(8	) 	 	 	-12	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	  	$	59	  	  	 	  	$	67	  	  	$	(8	) 	 	 	-12	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Music Publishing cost of revenues decreased $8 million, or 12%, to $59 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012, from $67 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing cost of revenues decreased to 46% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 49% for the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of a disciplined A&R investment and acquisition strategy focused on higher margin assets.
 
49

Table of Contents
Selling, general and administrative expense
Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense is comprised of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	 	  	Predecessor	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	 	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
General and administrative expense (1)	  	$	16	  	  	 	  	$	21	  	  	$	(5	) 	 	 	-24	% 	
Selling and marketing expense	  	 	1	  	  	 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total selling, general and administrative expense	  	$	17	  	  	 	  	$	21	  	  	$	(4	) 	 	 	-19	% 	

(1)	Includes depreciation expense of $2 million and $1 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.	
Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense decreased to $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 as compared with $21 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense decreased to 13% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 15% for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease was driven by $3 million of lower severance charges taken during the current-year quarter as well as the realization of cost savings from management initiatives taken in prior periods.
OIBDA and Operating Income
Music Publishing operating income included the following:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	For the Three Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	 	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	  	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
OIBDA	  	$	54	  	 	 	  	$	50	  	 	$	4	  	  	 	8	% 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	(18	) 	 	 	  	 	(19	) 	 	 	1	  	  	 	-5	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	$	36	  	 	 	  	$	31	  	 	$	5	  	  	 	16	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Music Publishing OIBDA increased by $4 million, or 8%, to $54 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $50 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing OIBDA margin increased to 42% for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from 36% for the three months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in OIBDA margin was a result of a disciplined A&R investment and acquisition strategy focused on higher margin assets and lower severance charges.
Music Publishing operating income increased by $5 million due primarily to the increase in OIBDA noted above and a decrease in amortization expense driven by the extended useful lives of certain intangible assets recorded in connection with the Merger.
Corporate Expenses and Eliminations
Our OIBDA loss from corporate expenses and eliminations decreased to $17 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $22 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of previously announced cost savings initiatives and prior-year quarter charges for share-based compensation expense, partially offset by fees associated with our Management Agreement.
Our operating loss from corporate expenses and eliminations decreased to $21 million for the three months ended March 31, 2012 from $25 million for the three months ended March 31, 2011 due primarily to the decrease in OIBDA loss noted above.
 
50

Table of Contents
Six Months Ended March 31, 2012 Compared with Six Months Ended March 31, 2011
Consolidated Historical Results
Revenues
Our revenues were composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Revenue by Type	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Physical and other	  	$	628	  	 	 	  	$	709	  	 	$	(81	) 	 	 	-11	% 	
Digital	  	 	427	  	 	 	  	 	383	  	 	 	44	  	 	 	11	% 	
Licensing	  	 	109	  	 	 	  	 	122	  	 	 	(13	) 	 	 	-11	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Recorded Music	  	 	1,164	  	 	 	  	 	1,214	  	 	 	(50	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
Mechanical	  	 	65	  	 	 	  	 	73	  	 	 	(8	) 	 	 	-11	% 	
Performance	  	 	95	  	 	 	  	 	94	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	1	% 	
Synchronization	  	 	56	  	 	 	  	 	55	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	2	% 	
Digital	  	 	29	  	 	 	  	 	28	  	 	 	1	  	 	 	4	% 	
Other	  	 	6	  	 	 	  	 	7	  	 	 	(1	) 	 	 	-14	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Music Publishing	  	 	251	  	 	 	  	 	257	  	 	 	(6	) 	 	 	-2	% 	
Intersegment elimination	  	 	(8	) 	 	 	  	 	(9	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	-11	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Revenue	  	$	1,407	  	 	 	  	$	1,462	  	 	$	(55	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue by Geographical Location	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
U.S. Recorded Music	  	$	469	  	 	 	  	$	503	  	 	$	(34	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
U.S. Publishing	  	 	96	  	 	 	  	 	100	  	 	 	(4	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total U.S.	  	 	565	  	 	 	  	 	603	  	 	 	(38	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
International Recorded Music	  	 	695	  	 	 	  	 	711	  	 	 	(16	) 	 	 	-2	% 	
International Publishing	  	 	155	  	 	 	  	 	157	  	 	 	(2	) 	 	 	-1	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total International	  	 	850	  	 	 	  	 	868	  	 	 	(18	) 	 	 	-2	% 	
Intersegment eliminations	  	 	(8	) 	 	 	  	 	(9	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	-11	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Revenue	  	$	1,407	  	 	 	  	$	1,462	  	 	$	(55	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total Revenue
Total revenues decreased by $55 million to $1.407 billion for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $1.462 billion for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music and Music Publishing revenues represented 83% and 17% of total revenues for both the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, U.S. and international revenues represented 40% and 60% of total revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and 41% and 59% of total revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2011, respectively. Excluding the unfavorable impact of foreign currency exchange rates, total revenues decreased by $54 million, or 4%.
Total digital revenues after intersegment eliminations increased by $47 million, or 12%, to $454 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $407 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Total digital revenues represented 32% and 28% of consolidated revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $253 million and international revenues of $203 million, or 55% and 45% of total digital revenues, respectively. Prior to intersegment eliminations, total digital revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2011 were comprised of U.S. revenues of $236 million and international revenues of $175 million, or 57% and 43% of total digital revenues, respectively.
Recorded Music revenues decreased by $50 million to $1.164 billion for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $1.214 billion for the six months ended March 31, 2011. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $469 million and $503 million, or 40% and 41% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $695 million and $711 million, or 60% and 59% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
This performance reflected a light post-holiday release schedule in the current period partially offset by a strong holiday release schedule which included the second-largest-selling album of calendar 2011 in the U.S. according to SoundScan, Michael Bublé’s “Christmas.” The success of this release helped offset the continued decline of physical sales. In addition, the decline in
 
51

Table of Contents
revenues from our European concert promotion business reflected the timing and composition of touring schedules in the current period as compared with the prior-year period. Licensing revenues decreased $13 million, or 11%, due primarily to timing. Digital revenues increased by $44 million, or 11%, driven by growth of digital downloads from emerging digital markets in Latin America and certain European territories and the continued success of streaming services, partially offset by the continued decline in global mobile revenue primarily related to lower ringtone demand.
Music Publishing revenues decreased by $6 million, or 2%, to $251 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $257 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $96 million and $100 million, or 38% and 39% of Music Publishing revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues were $155 million and $157 million, or 62% and 61% of Music Publishing revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
The decrease in Music Publishing revenue was driven primarily by a decrease in mechanical revenue, partially offset by slight increases in performance revenue, digital revenue and synchronization revenue. The decrease in mechanical revenue reflected the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry. The increase in performance revenue was driven by a stronger advertising market, strong chart positions as well as recent acquisitions, partially offset by a reduction in U.S. radio license fees. The increase in digital revenue reflected growth in global digital downloads, partially offset by a one-time settlement in the prior-year quarter and timing of collections. The increase in synchronization revenue reflected strength in advertising-related revenue partially offset by falloffs in other areas including videogames.
Revenue by Geographical Location
U.S. revenues decreased by $38 million, or 6%, to $565 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $603 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The overall decrease in the U.S. Recorded Music business reflected a light post-holiday release schedule in the current period partially offset by a strong holiday release schedule which included the second-largest-selling album of calendar 2011 in the U.S. according to SoundScan, Michael Bublé’s “Christmas.” The success of this release helped offset the continued decline of physical sales. The increase in digital revenues were driven by growth in digital downloads and the continued success of streaming services, partially offset by the continued decline in mobile revenue primarily related to lower ringtone demand.
International revenues decreased by $18 million, or 2%, to $850 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $868 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The performance reflected the success of Michael Bublé’s “Christmas” which was released in the current period and an increase in digital revenue, primarily as a result of continued growth in global downloads and streaming, offset by declines in our European concert promotion business, which reflected the timing and composition of touring schedules in the current period as compared with the prior-year quarter and the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry. Revenue growth in Germany, Italy and Japan was more than offset by declines in France and UK.
Cost of revenues
Our cost of revenues is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Artist and repertoire costs	  	$	458	  	  	 	  	$	485	  	  	$	(27	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Product costs	  	 	248	  	  	 	  	 	267	  	  	 	(19	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
Licensing costs	  	 	41	  	  	 	  	 	38	  	  	 	3	  	 	 	8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	  	$	747	  	  	 	  	$	790	  	  	$	(43	) 	 	 	-5	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Our cost of revenues decreased by $43 million, or 5%, to $747 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $790 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, cost of revenues were 53% and 54% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
Artist and repertoire costs decreased by $27 million, or 6%, to $458 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $485 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease in artist and repertoire costs were driven by the decrease in revenue, the timing of our artist and repertoire spend and a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract. Artist and repertoire costs as a percentage of revenues remained flat at 33% for both the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
Product costs decreased $19 million, or 7%, to $248 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $267 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of lower non-traditional recorded music business costs related to the decrease in revenue from our European concert promotion businesses and a decrease in product costs resulting from lower physical revenue in the current-year quarter. Costs associated with our non-traditional recorded music businesses are primarily recorded as a component of product costs. Product costs as a percentage of revenues remained flat at 18% for both the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
 
52

Table of Contents
Licensing costs increased by $3 million, or 8%, to $41 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $38 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Licensing costs as a percentage of licensing revenues increased to 38% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 31% for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of changes in revenue mix.
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Our selling, general and administrative expense is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
General and administrative expense (1)	  	$	276	  	  	 	  	$	276	  	  	$	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Selling and marketing expense	  	 	196	  	  	 	  	 	212	  	  	 	(16	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
Distribution expense	  	 	29	  	  	 	  	 	30	  	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	-3	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total selling, general and administrative expense	  	$	501	  	  	 	  	$	518	  	  	$	(17	) 	 	 	-3	% 	

(1)	Includes depreciation expense of $25 million and $20 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.	
Total selling, general and administrative expense decreased by $17 million, or 3%, to $501 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $518 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling, general and administrative expenses increased to 36% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 35% for the six months ended March 31, 2011.
General and administrative expenses remained flat at $276 million for both the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expenses increased to 20% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 19% for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Decreases in general and administrative expense due to previously announced cost savings initiatives, lower severance charges of $6 million in the current period and prior-year quarter charges of $7 million for share-based compensation expense were offset by $4 million of fees associated with our Management Agreement, higher variable compensation expense, a $3 million increase in professional fees incurred in connection with our bid to acquire EMI and a $5 million increase in depreciation expense resulting from recently completed capital projects and purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger.
Selling and marketing expense decreased by $16 million, or 8%, to $196 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $212 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily related to lower variable marketing expense as a result of our efforts to better align spending on selling and marketing expense with revenues earned. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, selling and marketing expense decreased to 14% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 15% for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of the strong sales performance of Michael Bublé’s “Christmas,” which had a lower proportionate marketing spend.
Distribution expense decreased by $1 million, or 3%, to $29 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $30 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, distribution expense remained flat at 2% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
Transaction costs
Transaction costs of $2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011 were incurred in connection with the consummation of the Merger. These costs included advisory, accounting, legal and other professional fees.
 
53

Table of Contents
Reconciliation of Consolidated Historical OIBDA to Operating Income and Net Loss Attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.
As previously described, we use OIBDA as our primary measure of financial performance. The following table reconciles OIBDA to operating income, and further provides the components from operating income to net loss attributable to Warner Music Group Corp. for purposes of the discussion that follows:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	 	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
OIBDA	  	$	184	  	 	 	  	$	172	  	 	$	12	  	 	 	7	% 	
Depreciation expense	  	 	(25	) 	 	 	  	 	(20	) 	 	 	(5	) 	 	 	25	% 	
Amortization expense	  	 	(98	) 	 	 	  	 	(109	) 	 	 	11	  	 	 	-10	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	 	61	  	 	 	  	 	43	  	 	 	18	  	 	 	42	% 	
Interest expense, net	  	 	(113	) 	 	 	  	 	(94	) 	 	 	(19	) 	 	 	20	% 	
Other expense, net	  	 	—  	  	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	1	  	 	 	-100	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Loss before income taxes	  	 	(52	) 	 	 	  	 	(52	) 	 	 	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Income tax expense	  	 	(8	) 	 	 	  	 	(5	) 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	60	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss	  	 	(60	) 	 	 	  	 	(57	) 	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	5	% 	
Less: (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interest	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	1	  	 	 	(3	) 	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Net loss attributable to Warner Music Group Corp.	  	$	(62	) 	 	 	  	$	(56	) 	 	$	(6	) 	 	 	11	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
OIBDA
Our OIBDA increased by $12 million, or 7%, to $184 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $172 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of revenues, total OIBDA margin increased to 13% for the six months ended March 31, 2012, from 12% for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Our OIBDA increase was primarily driven by strong sales performance of Michael Bublé’s “Christmas,” which increased overall margin due to reductions in proportionate marketing spend, previously announced cost savings initiatives, lower severance charges, a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract and prior-year period charges for share-based compensation expense, partially offset by an increase in variable compensation expense, an increase in professional fees incurred in connection with our bid to acquire EMI and fees of $4 million associated with our Management Agreement. In addition, our Music Publishing business has improved its OIBDA margin as a result of a disciplined A&R investment and acquisition strategy focused on higher margin assets.
See “Business Segment Results” presented hereinafter for a discussion of OIBDA by business segment.
Depreciation expense
Our depreciation expense increased by $5 million, or 25%, to $25 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $20 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily due to recently completed capital projects and purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger.
Amortization expense
Amortization expense decreased by $11 million, or 10%, to $98 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $109 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The decrease was primarily related to purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger that resulted in longer useful lives.
Operating income
Our operating income increased $18 million, or 42%, to $61 million, for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to operating income of $43 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in operating income was primarily a result of the increase in OIBDA and the decrease in amortization expense, partially offset by the increase in depreciation expense noted above.
Interest expense, net
Our interest expense, net, increased $19 million, or 20%, to $113 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to $94 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was driven by our new debt obligations which were issued with higher interest rates.
 
54

Table of Contents
The total principal amount and weighted-average interest rate of the Company’s long-term debt as of and for the six months ended March 31, 2012 were $2.165 billion and 10.5%, respectively. The total principal amounts and weighted-average interest rates of the Company’s long-term debt as of and for the six months ended March 31, 2011 were $1.984 billion and 8.9%, respectively.
See “—Financial Condition and Liquidity” for more information.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 included net hedging gains on foreign exchange contracts, which represent currency exchange movements associated with inter-company receivables and payables that are short term in nature, offset by equity in earnings on our share of net income on investments recorded in accordance with the equity method of accounting for an unconsolidated investee.
Income tax expense
We incurred income tax expense of $8 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to an expense of $5 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in income tax expense primarily relates to an increase in foreign earnings subject to tax in certain jurisdictions.
We are currently under examination by various taxing authorities. We expect that $6 million of the total accrual of uncertain tax positions, which is $13 million as of March 31, 2012, will be paid during the next twelve months.
Net loss
Our net loss increased by $3 million, to a net loss of $60 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared to a net loss of $57 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The increase was driven by increases in interest expense and income tax expense, partially offset by an increase in operating income noted above.
Noncontrolling interest
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest for the six months ended March 31, 2012 was $2 million and net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest for the six months ended March 31, 2011 was $1 million.
Business Segment Results
Revenue, OIBDA and operating income (loss) by business segment are as follows:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Recorded Music	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	1,164	  	 	 	  	$	1,214	  	 	$	(50	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	150	  	 	 	  	 	144	  	 	 	6	  	 	 	4	% 	
Operating income	  	$	68	  	 	 	  	$	57	  	 	$	11	  	 	 	19	% 	
Music Publishing	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	251	  	 	 	  	$	257	  	 	$	(6	) 	 	 	-2	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	72	  	 	 	  	 	68	  	 	 	4	  	 	 	6	% 	
Operating income	  	$	38	  	 	 	  	$	31	  	 	$	7	  	 	 	23	% 	
Corporate expenses and eliminations	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	(8	) 	 	 	  	$	(9	) 	 	$	1	  	 	 	-11	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	(38	) 	 	 	  	 	(40	) 	 	 	2	  	 	 	-5	% 	
Operating loss	  	$	(45	) 	 	 	  	$	(45	) 	 	$	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	
Total	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Revenue	  	$	1,407	  	 	 	  	$	1,462	  	 	$	(55	) 	 	 	-4	% 	
OIBDA	  	 	184	  	 	 	  	 	172	  	 	 	12	  	 	 	7	% 	
Operating income	  	$	61	  	 	 	  	$	43	  	 	$	18	  	 	 	42	% 	
Recorded Music
Revenues
Recorded Music revenues decreased by $50 million to $1.164 billion for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $1.214 billion for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Recorded Music revenues represented 83% of consolidated revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. U.S. Recorded Music revenues were $469 million and $503 million, or 40% and 41% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Recorded Music revenues were $695 million and $711 million, or 60% and 59% of consolidated Recorded Music revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
 
55

Table of Contents
This performance reflected a light post-holiday release schedule in the current period partially offset by a strong holiday release schedule which included the second-largest-selling album of calendar 2011 in the U.S. according to SoundScan, Michael Bublé’s “Christmas.” The success of this release helped offset the continued decline of physical sales. In addition, the decline in revenues from our European concert promotion business reflected the timing and composition of touring schedules in the current period as compared with the prior-year period. Licensing revenues decreased $13 million, or 11%, due primarily to timing. Digital revenues increased by $44 million, or 11%, driven by growth of digital downloads from emerging digital markets in Latin America and certain European territories and the continued success of streaming services, partially offset by the continued decline in global mobile revenue primarily related to lower ringtone demand.
Cost of revenues
Recorded Music cost of revenues is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Artist and repertoire costs	  	$	319	  	  	 	  	$	338	  	  	$	(19	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
Product costs	  	 	248	  	  	 	  	 	268	  	  	 	(20	) 	 	 	-7	% 	
Licensing costs	  	 	41	  	  	 	  	 	38	  	  	 	3	  	 	 	8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	  	$	608	  	  	 	  	$	644	  	  	$	(36	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Recorded Music cost of revenues decreased $36 million, or 6%, for the six months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in artist and repertoire costs was driven by the decrease in revenue for the current period, the timing of our artist and repertoire spend and a cost-recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract. The decrease in product costs was primarily as a result of the decrease in product costs resulting from lower physical revenue in the current-year quarter and lower non-traditional recorded music business costs related to the decrease in revenue from our European concert promotion businesses. Costs associated with our non-traditional recorded music businesses are primarily recorded as a component of product costs. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, cost of revenues were 52% and 53% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
Selling, general and administrative expense
Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
General and administrative expense (1)	  	$	199	  	  	 	  	$	200	  	  	$	(1	) 	 	 	-1	% 	
Selling and marketing expense	  	 	193	  	  	 	  	 	209	  	  	 	(16	) 	 	 	-8	% 	
Distribution expense	  	 	29	  	  	 	  	 	30	  	  	 	(1	) 	 	 	-3	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total selling, general and administrative expense	  	$	421	  	  	 	  	$	439	  	  	$	(18	) 	 	 	-4	% 	

(1)	Includes depreciation expense of $15 million and $13 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.	
 
56

Table of Contents
Recorded Music selling, general and administrative expense decreased $18 million, for the six months ended March 31, 2012. The decrease in selling and marketing expense was primarily the result of our efforts to better align selling and marketing expenses with revenues earned and continued cost-management efforts. The decrease in general and administrative expense was driven by previously announced cost savings initiatives, lower severance charges of $5 million in the current period and prior-year charges for share-based compensation expense, partially offset by higher variable compensation expense and an increase in depreciation expense resulting from recently completed capital projects and purchase price accounting recorded in connection with the Merger. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, selling, general and administrative expense remained flat at 36% for both the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
OIBDA and Operating Income
Recorded Music operating income included the following:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	  	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
OIBDA	  	$	150	  	 	 	  	$	144	  	 	$	6	  	  	 	4	% 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	(82	) 	 	 	  	 	(87	) 	 	 	5	  	  	 	-6	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	$	68	  	 	 	  	$	57	  	 	$	11	  	  	 	19	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Recorded Music OIBDA increased by $6 million, or 4%, to $150 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 compared to $144 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Recorded Music revenues, Recorded Music OIBDA margin increased to 13% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 12% for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Our Recorded Music OIBDA increase was primarily driven by the strong sales performance of Michael Bublé’s “Christmas,” which increased overall margin due to reductions in proportionate marketing spend, previously announced cost savings initiatives, decreases in selling and marketing expense, a cost recovery benefit related to the early termination of an artist contract and lower severance charges, partially offset by an increase in variable compensation expense.
Recorded Music operating income increased by $11 million, due primarily to the increase in OIBDA noted above and a decrease in amortization expense driven by the extended useful lives of certain intangible assets recorded in connection with the Merger, partially offset by an increase in depreciation expense.
Music Publishing
Revenues
Music Publishing revenues decreased by $6 million, or 2%, to $251 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $257 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Prior to intersegment eliminations, Music Publishing revenues represented 17% of consolidated revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. U.S. Music Publishing revenues were $96 million and $100 million, or 38% and 39% of Music Publishing revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively. International Music Publishing revenues were $155 million and $157 million, or 62% and 61% of Music Publishing revenues for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.
The decrease in Music Publishing revenue was driven primarily by a decrease in mechanical revenue, partially offset by slight increases in performance revenue, digital revenue and synchronization revenue. The decrease in mechanical revenue reflected the ongoing impact of the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music industry. The increase in performance revenue was driven by a stronger advertising market, strong chart positions as well as recent acquisitions, partially offset by a reduction in U.S. radio license fees. The increase in digital revenue reflected growth in global digital downloads, partially offset by a one-time settlement in the prior-year quarter and timing of collections. The increase in synchronization revenue reflected strength in advertising-related revenue partially offset by falloffs in other areas including videogames.
 
57

Table of Contents
Cost of revenues
Music Publishing cost of revenues is composed of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Artist and repertoire costs	  	$	147	  	  	 	  	$	156	  	  	$	(9	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total cost of revenues	  	$	 147	  	  	 	  	$	 156	  	  	$	(9	) 	 	 	-6	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Music Publishing cost of revenues decreased $9 million, or 6%, to $147 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012, from $156 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing cost of revenues decreased to 59% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 61% for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of a disciplined A&R investment and acquisition strategy focused on higher margin assets, partially offset by an increase in unproven artist spend.
Selling, general and administrative expense
Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense is comprised of the following amounts:

 	  	Successor	 	  	  	  	Predecessor	 	  	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	  	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	  	  	  	2011	 	  	$ Change	 	 	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
General and administrative expense (1)	  	$	34	  	  	 	  	$	35	  	  	$	(1	) 	 	 	-3	% 	
Selling and marketing expense	  	 	1	  	  	 	  	 	—  	  	  	 	1	  	 	 	—  	  	
 	  	 	 	 	  	 	  	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	
Total selling, general and administrative expense	  	$	35	  	  	 	  	$	35	  	  	$	—  	  	 	 	—  	  	

(1)	Includes depreciation expense of $3 million and $2 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively.	
Music Publishing selling, general and administrative remained flat at $35 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing selling, general and administrative expense remained flat at 14% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011.
OIBDA and Operating Income
Music Publishing operating income included the following:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	 	 	 	
 	  	For the Six Months Ended
March 31,	 	 	2012 vs. 2011	 	
 	  	2012	 	 	  	  	2011	 	 	$ Change	 	  	% Change	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
OIBDA	  	$	72	  	 	 	  	$	68	  	 	$	4	  	  	 	6	% 	
Depreciation and amortization expense	  	 	(34	) 	 	 	  	 	(37	) 	 	 	3	  	  	 	-8	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating income	  	$	38	  	 	 	  	$	31	  	 	$	7	  	  	 	23	% 	
 	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Music Publishing OIBDA increased to $72 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared with $68 million for the six months ending March 31, 2011. Expressed as a percentage of Music Publishing revenues, Music Publishing OIBDA margin increased to 29% for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from 26% for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The increase in OIBDA margin was primarily the result of a disciplined A&R investment and acquisition strategy focused on higher margin assets, partially offset by an increase in unproven artist spend.
Music Publishing operating income increased by $7 million due primarily to the increase in OIBDA noted above and lower amortization expense driven by the extended useful lives of certain intangible assets recorded in connection with the Merger, partially offset by the increase in depreciation expense.
Corporate Expenses and Eliminations
Our OIBDA loss from corporate expenses and eliminations decreased to $38 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 from $40 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011, primarily as a result of previously announced cost savings initiatives, lower severance charges in the current period and prior-year quarter charges for share-based compensation expense, partially offset by an increase in professional fees incurred in connection with our bid to acquire EMI and $4 million of fees associated with our Management Agreement.
 
58

Table of Contents
Our operating loss from corporate expenses and eliminations remained flat at $45 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011 and March 31, 2012 due to the decrease in OIBDA loss noted above, partially offset by an increase in depreciation expense.
FINANCIAL CONDITION AND LIQUIDITY
Financial Condition
At March 31, 2012, we had $2.212 billion of debt, $272 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $1.940 billion, defined as total debt less cash and equivalents and short-term investments) and $995 million in Warner Music Group Corp. equity. This compares to $2.217 billion of debt, $154 million of cash and equivalents (net debt of $2.063 billion) and $1.065 billion in Warner Music Group Corp. equity at September 30, 2011. Net debt decreased by $123 million as a result of (i) a $118 million increase in cash and equivalents and (ii) a $5 million decrease in long-term debt related to the amortization of premiums on our Existing Secured Notes and Secured WMG Notes, partially offset by the accretion of the discount on our Unsecured WMG Notes.
The $70 million decrease in Warner Music Group Corp. equity during the six months ended March 31, 2012 consisted of $62 million of net loss for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and foreign currency exchange movements of $8 million.
Cash Flows
The following table summarizes our historical cash flows. The financial data for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011 are unaudited and are derived from our interim financial statements included elsewhere herein. The cash flow is comprised of the following:

 	  	Successor	 	 	  	  	Predecessor	 	
 	  	Six Months Ended
March 31, 2012	 	 	  	  	Six Months Ended
March 31, 2011	 	
 	  	(in millions)	 	
Cash provided by (used in):	  	 	 	 	 	 	  	 	 	 	
Operating activities	  	$	146	  	 	 	  	$	(7	) 	
Investing activities	  	 	(29	) 	 	 	  	 	(126	) 	
Financing activities	  	 	(2	) 	 	 	  	 	(1	) 	
Operating Activities
Cash provided by operating activities was $146 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared with cash used in operating activities of $7 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The $153 million increase in cash provided by operations related to a combination of higher OIBDA during the current-year, the variable timing of our working capital requirements which include the timing of sales and collections in the period, the timing of artist and repertoire spend compared to the prior-year, a decrease in cash paid for severance and lower total cash bonus payouts in the current period than in the prior year period. In addition, our cash interest paid decreased to $79 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared with $88 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011 as a result of a shorter accrual cycle on certain of our new debt obligations which were issued in July 2011. Subsequent to the refinancing in connection with the Merger, all of the Company’s cash interest payments on its bonds are paid semi-annually in the first and third quarters of our fiscal year.
Investing Activities
Cash used in investing activities was $29 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 as compared with $126 million for the six months ended March 31, 2011. The $29 million of cash used in investing consisted of $13 million to acquire music publishing rights, $13 million for capital expenditures and $5 million to acquire businesses, partially offset by $2 million received for the sale of a recorded music catalog. The $126 million of cash used in investing consisted of $57 million to acquire businesses net of cash acquired, $47 million to acquire music publishing rights and $22 million for capital expenditures
Financing Activities
Cash used in financing activities of $2 million and $1 million for the six months ended March 31, 2012 and March 31, 2011, respectively, represented distributions to our noncontrolling interest holders.
Liquidity
Our primary sources of liquidity are the cash flows generated from our subsidiaries’ operations, available cash and equivalents and short-term investments and funds available for drawing under our Revolving Credit Facility. These sources of liquidity are needed to fund our debt service requirements, working capital requirements, capital expenditure requirements, strategic acquisitions and investments, and any dividends or repurchases of our outstanding notes in open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise, we may elect to pay or make in the future. We believe that our existing sources of cash will be sufficient to support our existing operations over the next fiscal year.
 
59

Table of Contents
As of March 31, 2012, our long-term debt was as follows:

 	  	(in millions)	 	
Revolving Credit Facility (a)	  	$	—	  	
9.5% Existing Secured Notes due 2016—Acquisition Corp. (b)	  	 	1,157	  	
9.5% Secured WMG Notes due 2016—Acquisition Corp. (c)	  	 	156	  	
11.5% Unsecured WMG Notes due 2018—Acquisition Corp. (d)	  	 	749	  	
13.75% Holdings Notes due 2019—Holdings (e)	  	 	150	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Total long term debt	  	$	2,212	  	

 	(a)	Reflects $60 million of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $1 million at March 31, 2012. There were no loans outstanding under the Revolving Credit Facility as of March 31, 2012.	
 	(b)	9.5% Existing Secured Notes due 2016; face amount of $1.1 billion plus unamortized premium of $57 million.	
 	(c)	9.5% Secured WMG Notes due 2016; face amount of $150 million plus unamortized premium of $6 million.	
 	(d)	11.5% Unsecured WMG Notes due 2018; face amount of $765 million less unamortized discount of $16 million.	
 	(e)	13.75% Holdings Notes due 2019; face amount of $150 million.	
Revolving Credit Facility
In connection with the Merger, Acquisition Corp. entered into a credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) for a senior secured revolving credit facility with Credit Suisse AG, as administrative agent, and the other financial institutions and lenders from time to time party thereto (the “Revolving Credit Facility”).
General
Acquisition Corp. is the borrower (the “Borrower”) under the Credit Agreement which provides for a revolving credit facility in the amount of up to $60 million (the “Commitments”) and includes a letter of credit sub-facility. The Credit Agreement permits loans for general corporate purposes and may also be utilized to issue letters of credit. The Credit Agreement matures five years from the Closing Date.
Interest Rates and Fees
Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at Borrower’s election at a rate equal to (i) the rate for deposits in U.S. dollars in the London interbank market (adjusted for maximum reserves) for the applicable interest period (“LIBOR rate”), plus 4% per annum, or (ii) the base rate, which is the highest of (x) the corporate base rate established by the administrative agent from time to time, (y) the overnight federal funds rate plus 0.5% and (z) the one-month LIBOR rate plus 1.0% per annum, plus, in each case, 3% per annum. The LIBOR rate shall be deemed to be not less than 1.5%.
If there is a payment default at any time, then the interest rate applicable to overdue principal will be the rate otherwise applicable to such loan plus 2.00% per annum. Default interest will also be payable on other overdue amounts at a rate of 2.00% per annum above the amount that would apply to an alternative base rate loan.
The Credit Agreement bears a commitment fee on the unutilized portion equal to 0.50%, payable quarterly in arrears. Acquisition Corp. is required to pay certain upfront fees to lenders and agency fees to the agent under the Credit Agreement, in the amounts and at the times agreed between the relevant parties.
Prepayments
If, at any time, the aggregate amount of outstanding borrowings (including letters of credit outstanding thereunder) exceeds the Commitments, prepayments of the loans (and after giving effect to such prepayment the cash collateralization of letters of credit) will be required in an amount equal to such excess. The application of proceeds from mandatory prepayments shall not reduce the aggregate amount of then effective commitments under the Credit Agreement and amounts prepaid may be reborrowed, subject to then effective commitments under the Credit Agreement.
Voluntary reductions of the unutilized portion of the Commitments and prepayments of borrowings under the Credit Agreement are permitted at any time, in minimum principal amounts set forth in the Credit Agreement, without premium or penalty, subject to reimbursement of the Lenders’ redeployment costs actually incurred in the case of a prepayment of LIBOR-based borrowings other than on the last day of the relevant interest period.
Guarantee; Security
Acquisition Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries entered into a Subsidiary Guaranty, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Subsidiary Guaranty”) pursuant to which all obligations under the Credit Agreement are guaranteed by Acquisition Corp.’s existing subsidiaries that guarantee the Existing Secured Notes and each other direct and indirect wholly owned U.S. subsidiary, other than certain excluded subsidiaries.
 
60

Table of Contents
All obligations of the Borrower and each guarantor are secured by substantially all assets of the Borrower, Holdings and each subsidiary guarantor to the extent required under the security agreement securing the Existing Secured Notes and the Secured WMG Notes, including a perfected pledge of all the equity interests of the Borrower and of any subsidiary guarantor, mortgages on certain real property and certain intellectual property.
Covenants, Representations and Warranties
The Credit Agreement contains customary representations and warranties and customary affirmative and negative covenants. The negative covenants are limited to the following: limitations on dividends on, and redemptions and purchases of, equity interests and other restricted payments, limitations on prepayments, redemptions and repurchases of certain debt, limitations on liens, limitations on loans and investments, limitations on debt, guarantees and hedging arrangements, limitations on mergers, acquisitions and asset sales, limitations on transactions with affiliates, limitations on changes in business conducted by the Borrower and its subsidiaries, limitations on restrictions on ability of subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions, limitations on amendments of subordinated debt and unsecured bonds and limitations on capital expenditures. The negative covenants are subject to customary and other specified exceptions.
There are no financial covenants included in the Credit Agreement, other than a springing leverage ratio, which will be tested only when there are loans outstanding under the Credit Agreement in excess of $5 million (excluding letters of credit).
Events of Default
Events of default under the Credit Agreement are limited to nonpayment of principal, interest or other amounts, violation of covenants, incorrectness of representations and warranties in any material respect, cross default and cross acceleration of certain material debt, bankruptcy, material judgments, ERISA events, actual or asserted invalidities of the Credit Agreement, guarantees or security documents and a change of control, subject to customary notice and grace period provisions.
Existing Secured Notes
Acquisition Corp. issued $1.1 billion aggregate principal amount of its 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Existing Secured Notes”) in 2009 pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of May 28, 2009 (as amended and supplemented, the “Existing Secured Notes Indenture”), among the Acquisition Corp., the guarantors party thereto, and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee.
The Existing Secured Notes were issued at 96.289% of their face value for total net proceeds of $1.059 billion, with an effective interest rate of 10.25%. The original issue discount (OID) was $41 million. The OID was equal to the difference between the stated principal amount and the issue price. Following the Merger, in accordance with the guidance under ASC 805, these notes were recorded at fair value in conjunction with acquisition-method accounting. This resulted in the elimination of the predecessor discount and the establishment of a $65 million successor premium based on market data as of the closing date. This premium will be amortized using the effective interest rate method and reported as an offset to non-cash interest expense. The Existing Secured Notes mature on June 15, 2016 and bear interest payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year at a fixed rate of 9.5% per annum.
The Existing Secured Notes remain outstanding following the Merger. Acquisition Corp. entered into a supplemental indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Existing Secured Notes Supplemental Indenture”) that supplements the Existing Secured Notes Indenture. Pursuant to the Existing Secured Notes Supplemental Indenture, certain subsidiaries of Acquisition Corp. that had not previously been parties to the Existing Secured Notes Indenture, agreed to become parties thereto and to unconditionally guarantee, on a senior secured basis, payment of the Existing Secured Notes.
Ranking and Security
The Existing Secured Notes are Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured obligations and are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Secured WMG Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility and all future indebtedness secured under the same security arrangements as such indebtedness. The Existing Secured Notes rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Secured WMG Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Unsecured WMG Notes; are effectively senior to all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future unsecured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing the Existing Secured Notes and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Acquisition Corp.’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below), to the extent of the assets of those subsidiaries. All obligations under the Existing Secured Notes and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by first-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, in the assets of Holdings (which consists of the shares of Acquisition Corp.), Acquisition Corp., and the subsidiary guarantors, except for certain excluded assets.
 
61

Table of Contents
Guarantees
The Existing Secured Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Acquisition Corp.’s existing direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, except for certain excluded subsidiaries, and by any such subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of Acquisition Corp. in the future. Such subsidiary guarantors are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantors,” and such subsidiary guarantees are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantees.” Each subsidiary guarantee is a senior secured obligation of such subsidiary guarantor and is secured on an equal and ratable basis with such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantees of the Secured WMG Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility and all future indebtedness of such subsidiary guarantor secured under the same security arrangements as such indebtedness. Each subsidiary guarantee ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of such subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all of such subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of the Secured WMG Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Unsecured WMG Notes; is effectively senior to all of such subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future unsecured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of the Existing Secured Notes and is structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiary of such subsidiary guarantor (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors), to the extent of the assets of such subsidiary. Any subsidiary guarantee of the Existing Secured Notes may be released in certain circumstances. The Existing Secured Notes are not guaranteed by Holdings.
On December 8, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior secured basis, the payments of Acquisition Corp. on the Existing Secured Notes.
Optional Redemption
Acquisition Corp. may redeem the Existing Secured Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Existing Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date.
The Existing Secured Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, upon the consummation and closing of a Major Music/Media Transaction (as defined in the Existing Secured Notes Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Existing Secured Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Existing Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the Existing Secured Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
On or after June 15, 2013, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a part of the Existing Secured Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Existing Secured Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2013	  	 	104.750	% 	
2014	  	 	102.375	% 	
2015 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2012, Acquisition Corp. may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Existing Secured Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings; provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Existing Secured Notes originally issued under the Existing Secured Notes Indenture (excluding Existing Secured Notes held by Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.
 
62

Table of Contents
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Existing Secured Notes Indenture, each holder of the Existing Secured Notes has the right to require Acquisition Corp. to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Existing Secured Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. A change of control includes, among other events, either a sale of Acquisition Corp.’s Recorded Music business or a sale of its Music Publishing business. A sale of the Acquisition Corp.’s Recorded Music Business will not constitute a change of control where Acquisition Corp. has made an offer to redeem all the Existing Secured Notes in connection with such sale.
The Existing Secured Notes remain outstanding following the Merger. In connection with the Merger, in May 2011, the Company received the requisite consents from holders of the Existing Secured Notes to amend the indenture governing the notes such that the Merger would not constitute a “Change of Control” as defined therein.
Covenants
The Existing Secured Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Acquisition Corp.’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to it or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens securing certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; sell or otherwise dispose of its Music Publishing business; and enter into certain transactions with its affiliates.
Events of Default
Events of default under the Existing Secured Notes Indenture are limited to the nonpayment of principal or interest when due, violation of covenants and other agreements contained in the Existing Secured Notes Indenture, cross payment default after final maturity and cross acceleration of certain material debt, certain bankruptcy and insolvency events, material judgment defaults, actual or asserted invalidity of a guarantee of a significant subsidiary and actual or asserted invalidity of material security interests, subject to customary notice and grace period provisions. The occurrence of an event of default would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Existing Secured Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.
Secured WMG Notes
On the Closing Date, the Initial OpCo Issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of 9.5% Senior Secured Notes due 2016 (the “Secured WMG Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “Secured WMG Notes Indenture”), between the Initial OpCo Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee (the “Trustee”). Following the completion of the OpCo Merger on the Closing Date, Acquisition Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Secured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture”), with the Trustee, pursuant to which (i) Acquisition Corp. became a party to the Indenture and assumed the obligations of the Initial OpCo Issuer under the Secured WMG Notes and (ii) each Guarantor became a party to the Secured WMG Notes Indenture and provided an unconditional guarantee on a senior secured basis of the obligations of Acquisition Corp. under the Secured WMG Notes.
The Secured WMG Notes were issued at 104.75% of their face value for total net proceeds of $157 million, with an effective interest rate of 8.32%. The original issue premium (OIP) was $7 million. The OIP is the difference between the stated principal amount and the issue price. The OIP will be amortized over the term of the Secured WMG Notes using the effective interest rate method and reported as an offset to non-cash interest expense. The Secured WMG Notes mature on June 15, 2016 and bear interest payable semi-annually on June 15 and December 15 of each year at fixed rate of 9.5% per annum.
Ranking and Security
The Secured WMG Notes are Acquisition Corp.’s senior secured obligations and are secured on an equal and ratable basis with the Existing Secured Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility and all future indebtedness secured under the same security arrangements as such indebtedness. The Secured WMG Notes rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Existing Secured Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Unsecured WMG Notes; are effectively senior to all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future unsecured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing the Secured WMG Notes; and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Acquisition Corp.’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below)) to the extent of the assets of such subsidiaries. All obligations under the Secured WMG Notes and the guarantees of those obligations are secured by first-priority liens, subject to permitted liens, on the assets of Holdings (which consists of the shares of Acquisition Corp.), Acquisition Corp., and the subsidiary guarantors, except for certain excluded assets.
 
63

Table of Contents
Guarantees
The Secured WMG Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior secured basis by each of Acquisition Corp.’s existing direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, except for certain excluded subsidiaries, and by any such subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of Acquisition Corp. in the future. Such subsidiary guarantors are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantors,” and such subsidiary guarantees are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantees.” Each subsidiary guarantee is a senior secured obligation of such subsidiary guarantor and is secured on an equal and ratable basis with such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantees of the Existing Secured Notes and the Revolving Credit Facility and all future indebtedness of such subsidiary guarantor secured under the same security arrangements as such indebtedness. Each subsidiary guarantee ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of the applicable subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all of such subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of the Existing Secured Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Unsecured WMG Notes; is effectively senior to all of such subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future unsecured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of the Secured WMG Notes; and is structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiary of such subsidiary guarantor (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors), to the extent of the assets of such subsidiary. Any subsidiary guarantee of the Secured WMG Notes may be released in certain circumstances. The Secured WMG Notes are not guaranteed by Holdings.
On December 8, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior secured basis, the payments of Acquisition Corp. on the Secured WMG Notes.
Optional Redemption
Acquisition Corp. may redeem the Secured WMG Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date.
The Secured WMG Notes may also be redeemed, in whole or in part, at any time prior to June 15, 2013, upon the consummation and closing of a Major Music/Media Transaction (as defined in the Secured WMG Notes Indenture), at a redemption price equal to 104.750% of the principal amount of the Secured WMG Notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, subject to the right of holders of the Secured WMG Notes on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date.
On or after June 15, 2013, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a part of the Secured WMG Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on June 15 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2013	  	 	104.750	% 	
2014	  	 	102.375	% 	
2015 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time prior to June 15, 2012, Acquisition Corp. may on any one or more occasions redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of Secured WMG Notes at a redemption price equal to 109.50% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the date of redemption, with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings; provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Secured WMG Notes originally issued under the Secured WMG Notes Indenture (excluding Secured WMG Notes held by Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries) remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of a change of control, which is defined in the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, each holder of the Secured WMG Notes has the right to require Acquisition Corp. to repurchase some or all of such holder’s Secured WMG Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the repurchase date. A change of control includes, among other events, either a sale of Acquisition Corp.’s Recorded Music business or a sale of its Music Publishing business. A sale of the Acquisition Corp.’s Recorded Music Business will not constitute a change of control where Acquisition Corp. has made an offer to redeem all the Secured WMG Notes in connection with such sale.
Covenants
The Secured WMG Notes Indenture contains covenants limiting, among other things, Acquisition Corp.’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to
 
64

Table of Contents
pay dividends to it or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens securing certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; sell or otherwise dispose of its Music Publishing business; and enter into certain transactions with its affiliates.
Events of Default
Events of default under the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, are limited to the nonpayment of principal or interest when due, violation of covenants and other agreements contained in the Secured WMG Notes Indenture, cross payment default after final maturity and cross acceleration of certain material debt, certain bankruptcy and insolvency events, material judgment defaults, actual or asserted invalidity of a guarantee of a significant subsidiary and actual or asserted invalidity of material security interests, subject to customary notice and grace period provisions. The occurrence of an event of default would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Secured WMG Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.
Senior Unsecured WMG Notes
On the Closing Date, the Initial OpCo Issuer issued $765 million aggregate principal amount of 11.5% Senior Unsecured Notes due 2018 (the “Unsecured WMG Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture”), between the Initial OpCo Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as trustee (the “Trustee”). Following the completion of the OpCo Merger on the Closing Date, Acquisition Corp. and certain of its domestic subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”) entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Unsecured WMG Notes First Supplemental Indenture”), with the Trustee, pursuant to which (i) Acquisition Corp. became a party to the Indenture and assumed the obligations of the Initial OpCo Issuer under the Unsecured WMG Notes and (ii) each Guarantor became a party to the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture and provided an unconditional guarantee of the obligations of Acquisition Corp. under the Unsecured WMG Notes.
The Unsecured WMG Notes were issued at 97.673% of their face value for total net proceeds of $747 million, with an effective interest rate of 12%. The original issue discount (OID) was $17 million. The OID is the difference between the stated principal amount and the issue price. The OID will be amortized over the term of the Unsecured WMG Notes using the effective interest rate method and reported as non-cash interest expense. The Unsecured WMG Notes mature on October 1, 2018 and bear interest payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year at fixed rate of 11.5% per annum.
Ranking
The Unsecured WMG Notes are Acquisition Corp.’s general unsecured senior obligations. The Unsecured WMG Notes rank senior in right of payment to Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including the Existing Secured Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Secured WMG Notes; are effectively subordinated to all of Acquisition Corp.’s existing and future secured indebtedness, including the Existing Secured Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Secured WMG Notes, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Acquisition Corp.’s non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below)), to the extent of the assets of such subsidiaries.
Guarantees
The Unsecured WMG Notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis by each of Acquisition Corp.’s existing direct or indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, except for certain excluded subsidiaries, and by any such subsidiaries that guarantee other indebtedness of Acquisition Corp. in the future. Such subsidiary guarantors are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantors,” and such subsidiary guarantees are collectively referred to herein as the “subsidiary guarantees.” Each subsidiary guarantee ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future subordinated obligations of such subsidiary guarantor; ranks equally in right of payment with all of such subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future senior indebtedness, including such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of the Existing Secured Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Secured WMG Notes; is effectively subordinated to all of such subsidiary guarantor’s existing and future secured indebtedness, including such subsidiary guarantor’s guarantee of the Existing Secured Notes, indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility and the Secured WMG Notes, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and is structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any non-guarantor subsidiary of such subsidiary guarantor (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors), to the extent of the assets of such subsidiary. Any subsidiary guarantee of the Unsecured WMG Notes may be released in certain circumstances. The Unsecured WMG Notes are not guaranteed by Holdings.
On December 8th, 2011, the Company issued a guarantee whereby it fully and unconditionally guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis, the payments of Acquisition Corp. on the Unsecured WMG Notes.
 
65

Table of Contents
Optional Redemption
Acquisition Corp. may redeem the Unsecured WMG Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2014, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date. On or after October 1, 2014, Acquisition Corp. may redeem all or a part of the Unsecured WMG Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Unsecured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2014	  	 	108.625	% 	
2015	  	 	105.750	% 	
2016	  	 	102.875	% 	
2017 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time (which may be more than once) before October 1, 2014, Acquisition Corp. may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Unsecured WMG Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 111.50%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date; provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Unsecured WMG Notes originally issued under the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, Acquisition Corp. is required to make an offer to repurchase all of Unsecured WMG Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any to the repurchase date.
Covenants
The Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Acquisition Corp.’s ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Acquisition Corp. or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; create liens securing certain debt; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets.
Events of Default
Events of default under the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture are limited to: the nonpayment of principal or interest when due, violation of covenants and other agreements contained in the Unsecured WMG Notes Indenture, cross payment default after final maturity and cross acceleration of certain material debt; certain bankruptcy and insolvency events, material judgment defaults, and actual or asserted invalidity of a guarantee of a significant subsidiary subject to customary notice and grace period provisions. The occurrence of an event of default would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Unsecured WMG Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.
Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the Unsecured WMG Notes, Acquisition Corp. entered into a registration rights agreement relating to the Unsecured WMG Notes, pursuant to which Acquisition Corp. agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, and did initially file on January 25, 2012, a registration statement with the SEC (as amended, the “WMG Exchange Offer Registration Statement”), to permit holders to exchange the Unsecured WMG Notes (the “Old Unsecured WMG Notes”) for registered notes with terms substantially identical to the Old Unsecured WMG Notes, except the exchange notes would not contain certain terms with respect to the payment of additional interest or transfer restrictions. On March 16, 2012, the WMG Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC, and Acquisition Corp. completed the exchange offer on April 25, 2012. On the settlement date, Acquisition Corp. accepted for exchange $708 million aggregate principal amount of Old Unsecured WMG Notes.
Senior Holdings Notes
On the Closing Date, the Initial Holdings Issuer issued $150 million aggregate principal amount of 13.75% Senior Notes due 2019 (the “Holdings Notes”) pursuant to the Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (as amended and supplemented, the “Holdings Notes Indenture”), between the Initial Holdings Issuer and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association as Trustee (the “Trustee”). Following the completion of the Holdings Merger on the Closing Date, Holdings entered into a Supplemental Indenture, dated as of the Closing Date (the “Holdings Notes First Supplemental Indenture”), with the Trustee, pursuant to which Holdings became a party to the Indenture and assumed the obligations of the Initial Holdings Issuer under the Holdings Notes.
 
66

Table of Contents
The Holdings Notes were issued at 100% of their face value. The Holdings Notes mature on October 1, 2019 and bear interest payable semi-annually on April 1 and October 1 of each year at fixed rate of 13.75% per annum.
Ranking
The Holdings Notes are Holdings’ general unsecured senior obligations. The Holdings Notes rank senior in right of payment to Holdings’ existing and future subordinated indebtedness; rank equally in right of payment with all of Holdings’ existing and future senior indebtedness; are effectively subordinated to the Existing Secured Notes, the indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, and the Secured WMG Notes, to the extent of assets of Holdings securing such indebtedness; are effectively subordinated to all of Holdings’ existing and future secured indebtedness, to the extent of the assets securing such indebtedness; and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities of any of Holdings’ non-guarantor subsidiaries (other than indebtedness and liabilities owed to Acquisition Corp. or one of its subsidiary guarantors (as such term is defined below)), Existing Secured Notes, the indebtedness under the Revolving Credit Facility, the Secured WMG Notes, and the Unsecured WMG Notes, to the extent of the assets of such subsidiaries.
Guarantee
The Holdings Notes are not guaranteed by any of its subsidiaries. On August 2, 2011 the Company issued a guarantee whereby it agreed to fully and unconditionally guarantee, on a senior unsecured basis, the payments of Holdings related to the Holdings Notes.
Optional Redemption
Holdings may redeem the Holdings Notes, in whole or in part, at any time prior to October 1, 2015, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount thereof, plus the applicable make-whole premium and accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Secured WMG Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date.
On or after October 1, 2015, Holdings may redeem all or a part of the Holdings Notes, at its option, at the redemption prices (expressed as percentages of principal amount) set forth below plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, on the Holdings Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date, if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on October 1 of the years indicated below:

Year	  	Percentage	 	
2015	  	 	106.875	% 	
2016	  	 	103.438	% 	
2017 and thereafter	  	 	100.000	% 	
In addition, at any time (which may be more than once) before October 1, 2015, Holdings may redeem up to 35% of the aggregate principal amount of the Holdings Notes with the net cash proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 113.75%, plus accrued and unpaid interest and special interest, if any, to the applicable redemption date; provided that: (1) at least 50% of the aggregate principal amount of Holdings Notes originally issued under the Holdings Notes Indenture remains outstanding immediately after the occurrence of such redemption; and (2) the redemption occurs within 90 days of the date of, and may be conditioned upon, the closing of such equity offering.
Change of Control
Upon the occurrence of certain events constituting a change of control, Holdings is required to make an offer to repurchase all of the Holdings Notes (unless otherwise redeemed) at a purchase price equal to 101% of their principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any to the repurchase date.
Covenants
The Holdings Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, limit Holdings’ ability and the ability of most of its subsidiaries to: incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares; create liens securing certain debt; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of its capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments; create restrictions on the ability of its restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to Holdings or make certain other intercompany transfers; sell certain assets; consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its assets; and enter into certain transactions with affiliates.
Events of Default
Events of default under the Holdings Notes Indenture are limited to: the nonpayment of principal or interest when due, violation of covenants and other agreements contained in the Holdings Notes Indenture; cross payment default after final maturity and cross acceleration of certain material debt; certain bankruptcy and insolvency events; and material judgment defaults, subject to customary notice and grace period provisions. The occurrence of an event of default would permit or require the principal of and accrued interest on the Holdings Notes to become or to be declared due and payable.
 
67

Table of Contents
Exchange Offer
In connection with the issuance of the Holdings Notes, Holdings entered into a registration rights agreement relating to the Holdings Notes, pursuant to which Holdings agreed to use its commercially reasonable efforts to file, and did initially file on January 25, 2012, a registration statement with the SEC (as amended, the “Holdings Exchange Offer Registration Statement”), to permit holders to exchange the Holdings Notes (the “Old Holdings Notes”) for registered notes with terms substantially identical to the Old Holdings Notes, except the exchange notes would not contain certain terms with respect to the payment of additional interest or transfer restrictions. On March 16, 2012, the Holdings Exchange Offer Registration Statement was declared effective by the SEC, and Holdings completed the exchange offer on April 25, 2012. On the settlement date, Holdings accepted for exchange $81.475 million aggregate principal amount of Old Holdings Notes.
Refinancing of Existing Notes Following the Merger
On July 20, 2011 (the “Early Acceptance Date”), each of Holdings and Acquisition Corp. accepted for purchase in connection with their previously announced tender offers and related consent solicitations in respect of the Existing Notes, such Existing Notes as had been tendered at or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on July 11, 2011 (the “Early Consent Time”). Each of Holdings and Acquisition Corp. then issued a notice of redemption relating to all Existing Notes not accepted for payment on the Early Acceptance Date. Following payment for the Existing Notes tendered at or prior to the Early Consent Time, each of Holdings and Acquisition Corp. deposited with Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) under (i) the Indenture, dated as of April 8, 2004, as amended, among Acquisition Corp., the subsidiary guarantors party thereto and the Trustee (the “Warner Music Group Existing Indenture”), relating to the Existing Acquisition Corp. Notes and (ii) the Indenture, dated as of December 23, 2004, among Holdings, the Company, as guarantor, and the Trustee (the “Holdings Existing Indenture”), relating to the Existing Holdings Notes (such indenture, together with the Acquisition Corp. Existing Indenture, the “Existing Indentures”), funds sufficient to satisfy all obligations remaining under the Existing Indentures with respect to the Existing Notes not accepted for payment on the Early Acceptance Date. The Trustee then entered into a Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture, each dated as of July 21, 2011, with respect to each Existing Indenture. On July 27, 2011, each of Holdings and Acquisition Corp. accepted for purchase such Existing Notes as were tendered after the Early Acceptance Date and prior to 12:00 am on July 26, 2011. The remaining Existing Notes were discharged in August 2011 to complete the redemption.
Covenant Compliance
See “Liquidity” above for a description of the covenants governing our indebtedness.
Our Revolving Credit Facility contains a springing leverage ratio that is tied to a ratio based on Consolidated EBITDA, which is defined under the Credit Agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility. Consolidated EBITDA differs from the term “EBITDA” as it is commonly used. For example, the definition of Consolidated EBITDA, in addition to adjusting net income to exclude interest expense, income taxes, and depreciation and amortization, also adjusts net income by excluding items or expenses not typically excluded in the calculation of “EBITDA” such as, among other items, (1) the amount of any restructuring charges or reserves; (2) any non-cash charges (including any impairment charges); (3) any net loss resulting from hedging currency exchange risks; (4) the amount of management, monitoring, consulting and advisory fees paid to Access under the management agreement (as defined in the Credit Agreement); (5) business optimization expenses (including consolidation initiatives, severance costs and other costs relating to initiatives aimed at profitability improvement) and (6) stock-based compensation expense and also includes an add-back for certain projected cost savings and synergies.
The indentures governing our notes use a similar financial measure called “EBITDA.” However, the financial measure used in the indentures governing the notes may differ from Consolidated EBITDA as presented herein. Consolidated EBITDA may include additional adjustments not included in EBITDA as defined in the indentures, including, for example, some of the definitions that have an add-back for certain projected cost savings and synergies similar to Consolidated EBITDA and some that do not, that may cause calculations under such definitions of EBITDA and Consolidated EBITDA, as presented herein, to differ.
Consolidated EBITDA is presented herein because it is a material component of the leverage ratio contained in our Credit Agreement. Non-compliance with the leverage ratio could result in the inability to use our Revolving Credit Facility which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flow. Consolidated EBITDA does not represent net
 
68

Table of Contents
income or cash flow from operations as those terms are defined by GAAP and does not necessarily indicate whether cash flows will be sufficient to fund cash needs. While Consolidated EBITDA and similar measures are frequently used as measures of operations and the ability to meet debt service requirements, these terms are not necessarily comparable to other similarly titled captions of other companies due to the potential inconsistencies in the method of calculation. Consolidated EBITDA does not reflect the impact of earnings or charges resulting from matters that we may consider not to be indicative of our ongoing operations. In particular, the definition of Consolidated EBITDA in the Credit Agreement allows us to add back certain non-cash, extraordinary, unusual or non-recurring charges that are deducted in calculating net income. However, these are expenses that may recur, vary greatly and are difficult to predict.
Consolidated EBITDA as presented below is not a measure of the performance of our business and should not be used by investors as an indicator of performance for any future period. Further, our debt instruments require that it be calculated for the most recent four fiscal quarters. As a result, the measure can be disproportionately affected by a particularly strong or weak quarter. Further, it may not be comparable to the measure for any subsequent four-quarter period or any complete fiscal year.
The following is a reconciliation of net income (loss), which is a GAAP measure of our operating results, to Consolidated EBITDA as defined, and the calculation of the Adjusted Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA ratio, which we refer to as the leverage ratio, under our Credit Agreement for the most recently ended four fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2012. The terms and related calculations are defined in the Credit Agreement. All amounts in the reconciliation below reflect WMG Acquisition Corp.:

 	  	Twelve Months Ended
March 31, 2012	 	
 	  	(in millions, except ratios)	 	
Net Loss	  	$	(178	) 	
Income tax expense	  	 	32	  	
Interest expense, net	  	 	200	  	
Depreciation and amortization	  	 	252	  	
Restructuring costs (a)	  	 	31	  	
Net hedging losses (b)	  	 	2	  	
Management fees (c)	  	 	4	  	
Stock compensation expense (d)	  	 	17	  	
Transaction costs (e)	  	 	56	  	
Proforma savings (f)	  	 	38	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Consolidated EBITDA	  	$	454	  	
 	  	 	 	 	
Consolidated Funded Indebtedness (g)	  	$	2,037	  	

Leverage Ratio (h)	  	 	4.49x	  	
 
(a)	Reflects severance costs.	
(b)	Reflects net losses from hedging activities.	
(c)	Reflects management fees paid to Access.	
(d)	Reflects stock based compensation costs.	
(e)	Reflects costs mainly associated with the Merger.	
(f)	Reflects net cost savings and synergies projected to result from actions taken or expected to be taken no later than twelve (12) months after the end of such period (calculated on a pro forma basis as though such cost savings and synergies had been realized on the first day of the period for which Consolidated EBITDA is being determined), net of the amount of actual benefits realized during such period from such actions during the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. Pro forma savings reflected in the table above reflect a portion of the previously announced additional targeted savings of $50-$65 million following the Merger as well as other cost savings and synergies.	
(g)	Reflects the principal balance of external debt at Acquisition Corp of $2.015 billion, as well as contractual obligations of deferred purchase price of approximately $12 million and contingent consideration related to acquisitions of approximately $10 million as of March 31, 2012.	
(h)	Reflects the ratio of Consolidated Funded Indebtedness to Consolidated EBITDA as of the twelve months ended March 31, 2012. If the outstanding aggregate principal amount of borrowings under our Revolving Credit Facility is greater than $5 million at the end of a fiscal quarter, the maximum leverage ratio permitted under our Credit Agreement is 6.25x as of the end of any fiscal quarter in fiscal 2012.	
 
69

Table of Contents
Summary
Management believes that funds generated from our operations and borrowings under the Credit Agreement will be sufficient to fund our debt service requirements, working capital requirements and capital expenditure requirements for the foreseeable future. We also have additional borrowing capacity under our indentures. However, our ability to continue to fund these items and to reduce debt may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, as well as other industry-specific factors such as the ability to control music piracy and the continued industry-wide decline of CD sales. We or any of our affiliates may also, from time to time depending on market conditions and prices, contractual restrictions, our financial liquidity and other factors, seek to repurchase our Holdings Notes, our Existing Secured Notes, our Secured WMG Notes, or our Unsecured WMG Notes in open market purchases, privately negotiated purchases or otherwise. The amounts involved in any such transactions, individually or in the aggregate, may be material and may be funded from available cash or from additional borrowings. In addition, we may from time to time, depending on market conditions and prices, contractual restrictions, our financial liquidity and other factors, seek to refinance our Holdings Notes, Existing Senior Secured Notes, Secured WMG Notes or Unsecured WMG Notes with existing cash and/or with funds provided from additional borrowings.
 
ITEM 3.	QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK	
As discussed in Note 14 to our audited consolidated financial statements for the twelve months ended September 30, 2011, we are exposed to market risk arising from changes in market rates and prices, including movements in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. As of March 31, 2012, other than as described below, there have been no material changes to the Company’s exposure to market risk since September 30, 2011.
We have transactional exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar due to the global scope of our operations. We use foreign exchange contracts, primarily to hedge the risk that unremitted or future royalties and license fees owed to our domestic companies for the sale, or anticipated sale, of U.S.-copyrighted products abroad may be adversely affected by changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We focus on managing the level of exposure to the risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations on our major currencies, which include the British pound sterling, euro, Japanese yen, Canadian dollar, Swedish krona and Australian dollar. As of March 31, 2012, the Company had outstanding hedge contracts for the sale of $263 million and the purchase of $15 million of foreign currencies at fixed rates. Subsequent to March 31, 2012, certain of our foreign exchange contracts expired and were renewed with new foreign exchange contracts with similar features.
The fair value of foreign exchange contracts is subject to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. For the purpose of assessing the specific risks, we use a sensitivity analysis to determine the effects that market risk exposures may have on the fair value of our financial instruments. For foreign exchange forward contracts outstanding at March 31, 2012, assuming a hypothetical 10% depreciation of the U.S dollar against foreign currencies from prevailing foreign currency exchange rates and assuming no change in interest rates, the fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts would have decreased by $25 million. Because our foreign exchange contracts are entered into for hedging purposes, these losses would be largely offset by gains on the underlying transactions.
 
ITEM 4.	CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES	
Certification
The certifications of the principal executive officer and the principal financial officer (or persons performing similar functions) required by Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Certifications”) are filed as exhibits to this report. This section of the report contains the information concerning the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) (“Disclosure Controls”) and changes to internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) (“Internal Controls”) referred to in the Certifications and this information should be read in conjunction with the Certifications for a more complete understanding of the topics presented.
Introduction
The Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules define “disclosure controls and procedures” as controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by public companies in the reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by public companies in the reports that they file or submit under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to a company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
 
70

Table of Contents
The Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules define “internal control over financial reporting” as a process designed by, or under the supervision of, a public company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by our board of directors, management and other personnel, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or U.S. GAAP, including those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company, (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Our management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, does not expect that our Disclosure Controls or Internal Controls will prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Because of the limitations in any and all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within our company have been detected. Further, the design of any control system is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of these inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected even when effective Disclosure Controls and Internal Controls are in place.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Based on our management’s evaluation (with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer), as of the end of the period covered by this report, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that our Disclosure Controls provided reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act will be recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, including that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There have been no changes in our Internal Controls over financial reporting or other factors during the quarter ended March 31, 2012 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our Internal Controls.
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
 
ITEM 1.	LEGAL PROCEEDINGS	
Pricing of Digital Music Downloads
On December 20, 2005 and February 3, 2006, the Attorney General of the State of New York served us with requests for information in connection with an industry-wide investigation as to the pricing of digital music downloads. On February 28, 2006, the Antitrust Division of the U.S. Department of Justice served us with a Civil Investigative Demand, also seeking information relating to the pricing of digitally downloaded music. Both investigations were ultimately closed, but subsequent to the announcements of the investigations, more than thirty putative class action lawsuits were filed concerning the pricing of digital music downloads. The lawsuits were consolidated in the Southern District of New York. The consolidated amended complaint, filed on April 13, 2007, alleges conspiracy among record companies to delay the release of their content for digital distribution, inflate their pricing of CDs and fix prices for digital downloads. The complaint seeks unspecified compensatory, statutory and treble damages. On October 9, 2008, the District Court issued an order dismissing the case as to all defendants, including us. However, on January 12, 2010, the Second Circuit vacated the judgment of the District Court and remanded the case for further proceedings and on January 10, 2011, the Supreme Court denied the defendants’ petition for Certiorari.
Upon remand to the District Court, all defendants, including the Company, filed a renewed motion to dismiss challenging, among other things, plaintiffs’ state law claims and standing to bring certain claims. The renewed motion was based mainly on arguments made in defendants’ original motion to dismiss, but not addressed by the District Court. On July 18, 2011, the District Court granted defendants’ motion in part, and denied it in part. Notably, all claims on behalf of the CD-purchaser class were dismissed with prejudice. However, a wide variety of state and federal claims remain, for the class of Internet Music purchasers. The parties have filed amended pleadings complying with the court’s order, and the case is proceeding into discovery, which is currently scheduled to be substantially completed by May 31, 2012. The parties are scheduled to confer at the end of August 2012 on a class certification briefing schedule, for a determination by the District Court as to whether class treatment is appropriate. The case will proceed into discovery, based on a schedule to be determined by the District Court. The Company intends to defend against these lawsuits vigorously, but is unable to predict the outcome of these suits. Regardless of the merits of the claims, this and any related litigation could continue to be costly, and divert the time and resources of management.
 
71

Table of Contents
Music Download Putative Class Action Suits
Five putative class action lawsuits have been filed against the Company in Federal Court in the Northern District of California. The lawsuits, which were brought by various recording artists, all allege that the Company has improperly calculated the royalties due them for certain digital music sales under the terms of their recording contracts. The named plaintiffs purport to raise these claims on their own behalf and, as a putative class action, on behalf of other similarly situated artists. Plaintiffs base their claims on a previous ruling that held another recorded music company had breached the specific recording contracts at issue in that case through its payment of royalties for music downloads and ringtones. In the wake of that ruling, a number of recording artists have initiated suits seeking similar relief against all of the major record companies. Here too, plaintiffs seek to have the interpretation of the contracts in that prior case applied to their different and separate contracts.
On April 10, 2012, the Company filed a motion to dismiss various claims in one of the lawsuits, with the intention of filing similar motions in the remaining suits, on the various applicable response dates. Meanwhile, certain plaintiffs’ counsel moved to be appointed as interim lead counsel, and other plaintiffs’ counsel moved to consolidate the various actions. On April 23, 2012, the court issued an order setting out a more orderly process for dealing with the various cases. It set May 24, 2012 for a Case Management Conference for all five actions, and set the same day as the hearing date for the Plaintiffs’ various outstanding motions. In addition, the Court removed the Company’s motion to dismiss from the calendar, with new dates to be set on or after May 24, 2012.
No other dates have been set in the litigation. The Company intends to defend against these lawsuits vigorously, but is unable to predict the outcome of these suits. Regardless of the merits of the claims, this and any related litigation could continue to be costly, and divert the time and resources of management.
Final Settlement of Class Actions Related to the Merger
We await a decision on the application for approval by the Supreme Court for the State of New York of the previously disclosed settlement of the claims filed against, inter alia, the Company and its directors in 2011 on behalf of a class of the Company’s shareholders in the action entitled Cournoyer v. Warner Music Group Corp. et al., Index No. 651367/2011 (the “Cournoyer Action”). The Cournoyer Action, as well as two related actions, were brought in connection with the Merger.
As previously disclosed, the settlement did not involve any monetary payment to the class of shareholders. Instead, the Company agreed to publicly disclose additional information about the Merger in a filing that it made with the SEC on June 13, 2011.
Other Matters
In addition to the matters discussed above, we are involved in various litigation and regulatory proceedings arising in the normal course of business. Where it is determined, in consultation with counsel based on litigation and settlement risks, that a loss is probable and estimable in a given matter, we establish an accrual. In none of the currently pending proceedings is the amount of accrual material. An estimate of the reasonably possible loss or range of loss in excess of the amounts already accrued cannot be made at this time due to various factors typical in contested proceedings, including (1) uncertain damage theories and demands; (2) a less than complete factual record; (3) uncertainty concerning legal theories and their resolution by courts or regulators; and (4) the unpredictable nature of the opposing party and its demands. However, we cannot predict with certainty the outcome of any litigation or the potential for future litigation. As such, we continuously monitor these proceedings as they develop and adjust any accrual or disclosure as needed. Regardless of the outcome, litigation could have an adverse impact on us, including our brand value, because of defense costs, diversion of management resources and other factors and it could have a material effect on our results of operations for a given reporting period.
 
ITEM 1A.	RISK FACTORS	
In addition to the other information contained in this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, certain risk factors should be considered carefully in evaluating our business. The risks and uncertainties described below may not be the only ones facing us. Additional risks and uncertainties that we do not currently know about or that we currently believe are immaterial may also adversely impact our business operations. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations would likely suffer.
Risks Related to our Business
The recorded music industry has been declining and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect our prospects and our results of operations.
The industry began experiencing negative growth rates in 1999 on a global basis and the worldwide recorded music market has contracted considerably. Illegal downloading of music, CD-R piracy, industrial piracy, economic recession, bankruptcies of record wholesalers and retailers, and growing competition for consumer discretionary spending and retail shelf space may all be contributing to a declining recorded music industry. Additionally, the period of growth in recorded music sales driven by the introduction and
 
72

Table of Contents
penetration of the CD format has ended. While CD sales still generate a significant portion of the recorded music revenues, CD sales continue to decline industry-wide and we expect that trend to continue. However, new formats for selling recorded music product have been created, including the legal downloading of digital music and the distribution of music on mobile devices and revenue streams from these new channels have emerged. These new digital revenue streams are important as they are beginning to offset declines in physical sales and represent a growing area of our Recorded Music business. In addition, we are also taking steps to broaden our revenue mix into growing areas of the music business, including sponsorship, fan clubs, artist websites, merchandising, touring, ticketing and artist management. As our expansion into these new areas is recent, we cannot determine how our expansion into these new areas will impact our business. Despite the increase in digital sales, artist services revenues and expanded-rights revenues, revenues from these sources have yet to fully offset declining physical sales on a worldwide industry basis and it is too soon to determine the impact that sales of music through new channels might have on the industry or when the decline in physical sales might be offset by the increase in digital sales, artist services revenues and expanded-rights revenues. While U.S. industry-wide track-equivalent album sales rose in 2011 for the first time since 2004, album sales continued to fall in other countries, such as the U.K., as a result of ongoing digital piracy and the transition from physical to digital sales in the recorded music business. Accordingly, the recorded music industry performance may continue to negatively impact our operating results. While it is believed within the recorded music industry that growth in digital sales will re-establish a growth pattern for recorded music sales, the timing of the recovery cannot be established with accuracy nor can it be determined how these changes will affect individual markets. A declining recorded music industry is likely to lead to reduced levels of revenue and operating income generated by our Recorded Music business. Additionally, a declining recorded music industry is also likely to have a negative impact on our Music Publishing business, which generates a significant portion of its revenues from mechanical royalties attributable to the sale of music in CD and other physical recorded music formats.
There may be downward pressure on our pricing and our profit margins and reductions in shelf space.
There are a variety of factors that could cause us to reduce our prices and reduce our profit margins. They are, among others, price competition from the sale of motion pictures in Blu-Ray/DVD-Video format and videogames, the negotiating leverage of mass merchandisers, big-box retailers and distributors of digital music, the increased costs of doing business with mass merchandisers and big-box retailers as a result of complying with operating procedures that are unique to their needs and any changes in costs associated with new digital formats. In addition, we are currently dependent on a small number of leading online music stores, which allows them to significantly influence the prices we can charge in connection with the distribution of digital music. Over the course of the last decade, U.S. mass-market and other stores’ share of U.S. physical music sales has continued to grow. While we cannot predict how future competition will impact music retailers, as the music industry continues to transform it is possible that the share of music sales by mass-market retailers such as Wal-Mart and Target and online music stores such as Apple’s iTunes will continue to grow as a result of the decline of specialty music retailers, which could further increase their negotiating leverage. During the past several years, many specialty music retailers have gone out of business. The declining number of specialty music retailers may not only put pressure on profit margins, but could also impact catalog sales as mass-market retailers generally sell top chart albums only, with a limited range of back catalog. See “—We are substantially dependent on a limited number of online music stores, in particular Apple’s iTunes Music Store, for the online sale of our music recordings and they are able to significantly influence the pricing structure for online music stores.”
Our prospects and financial results may be adversely affected if we fail to identify, sign and retain artists and songwriters and by the existence or absence of superstar releases and by local economic conditions in the countries in which we operate.
We are dependent on identifying, signing and retaining recording artists with long-term potential, whose debut albums are well received on release, whose subsequent albums are anticipated by consumers and whose music will continue to generate sales as part of our catalog for years to come. The competition among record companies for such talent is intense. Competition among record companies to sell records is also intense and the marketing expenditures necessary to compete have increased as well. We are also dependent on signing and retaining songwriters who will write the hit songs of today and the classics of tomorrow. Our competitive position is dependent on our continuing ability to attract and develop artists whose work can achieve a high degree of public acceptance. Our financial results may be adversely affected if we are unable to identify, sign and retain such artists under terms that are economically attractive to us. Our financial results may also be affected by the existence or absence of superstar artist releases during a particular period. Some music industry observers believe that the number of superstar acts with long-term appeal, both in terms of catalog sales and future releases, has declined in recent years. Additionally, our financial results are generally affected by the worldwide economic and retail environment, as well as the appeal of our Recorded Music catalog and our Music Publishing library.
We may have difficulty addressing the threats to our business associated with home copying and Internet downloading.
The combined effect of the decreasing cost of electronic and computer equipment and related technology such as CD burners and the conversion of music into digital formats have made it easier for consumers to obtain and create unauthorized copies of our recordings in the form of, for example, “burned” CDs and MP3 files. For example, about 95% of the music downloaded in 2008, or more than 40 billion files, were illegal and not paid for, according to the International Federation of the Phonographic Industry (“IFPI”) 2009 Digital Music Report. Separately, research reported by IFPI/Nielsen in IFPI’s Digital Music Report 2012 indicates that
 
73

Table of Contents
more than a quarter of Internet users globally (28%) access unauthorized digital services on a monthly basis. In addition, while growth of music-enabled mobile consumers offers distinct opportunities for music companies such as ours, it also opens the market up to certain risks from behaviors such as “sideloading” of unauthorized content and illegitimate user-created ringtones. A substantial portion of our revenue comes from the sale of audio products that are potentially subject to unauthorized consumer copying and widespread digital dissemination without an economic return to us. The impact of digital piracy on legitimate music sales is hard to quantify but we believe that illegal filesharing has a substantial negative impact on music sales. We are working to control this problem in a variety of ways including further litigation, by lobbying governments for new, stronger copyright protection laws and more stringent enforcement of current laws, through graduated response programs achieved through cooperation with ISPs and legislation being advanced or considered in many countries, through technological measures and by establishing legitimate new media business models. We cannot give any assurances that such measures will be effective. If we fail to obtain appropriate relief through the judicial process or the complete enforcement of judicial decisions issued in our favor (or if judicial decisions are not in our favor), if we are unsuccessful in our efforts to lobby governments to enact and enforce stronger legal penalties for copyright infringement or if we fail to develop effective means of protecting our intellectual property (whether copyrights or other rights such as patents, trademarks and trade secrets) or our entertainment-related products or services, our results of operations, financial position and prospects may suffer.
Organized industrial piracy may lead to decreased sales.
The global organized commercial pirate trade is a significant threat to content industries, including the music sector. A study by Frontier Economics cited by IFPI, estimates that digitally pirated music, movies and software is valued at $30 billion to $75 billion. In addition, an economic study conducted by Tera Consultants in Europe found that if left unabated, digital piracy could result in an estimated loss of 240 billion Euros in retail revenues for the creative industries—including music—in Europe over the period from 2008—2015. Unauthorized copies and piracy have contributed to the decrease in the volume of legitimate sales and put pressure on the price of legitimate sales. They have had, and may continue to have, an adverse effect on our business.
Legitimate channels for digital distribution of our creative content are a recent development, and their impact on our business is unclear and may be adverse.
We have positioned ourselves to take advantage of online and mobile technology as a sales distribution channel and believe that the continued development of legitimate channels for digital music distribution holds promise for us in the future. Digital revenue streams of all kinds are important to offset continued declining revenue from physical CD sales industry-wide over time. However, legitimate channels for digital distribution are a recent development and we cannot predict their impact on our business. In digital formats, certain costs associated with physical products such as manufacturing, distribution, inventory and return costs do not apply. Partially eroding that benefit are increases in mechanical copyright royalties payable to music publishers that only apply in the digital space. While there are some digital-specific variable costs and infrastructure investments necessary to produce, market and sell music in digital formats, we believe it is reasonable to expect that we will generally derive a higher contribution margin from digital sales than physical sales. However, we cannot be sure that we will generally continue to achieve higher margins from digital sales. Any legitimate digital distribution channel that does develop may result in lower or less profitable sales for us than comparable physical sales. In addition, the transition to greater sales through digital channels introduces uncertainty regarding the potential impact of the “unbundling” of the album on our business. It remains unclear how consumer behavior will continue to change when customers are faced with more opportunities to purchase only favorite tracks from a given album rather than the entire album. In addition, if piracy continues unabated and legitimate digital distribution channels fail to gain consumer acceptance, our results of operations could be harmed. Furthermore, as new distribution channels continue to develop, we may have to implement systems to process royalties on new revenue streams for potential future distribution channels that are not currently known. These new distribution channels could also result in increases in the number of transactions that we need to process. If we are not able to successfully expand our processing capability or introduce technology to allow us to determine and pay royalty amounts due on these new types of transactions in a timely manner, we may experience processing delays or reduced accuracy as we increase the volume of our digital sales, which could have a negative effect on our relationships with artists and brand identity.
We are substantially dependent on a limited number of online music stores, in particular Apple’s iTunes Music Store, for the online sale of our music recordings and they are able to significantly influence the pricing structure for online music stores.
We derive an increasing portion of our revenues from sales of music through digital distribution channels. We are currently dependent on a small number of leading online music stores that sell consumers digital music. Currently, the largest U.S. online music store, iTunes, typically charges U.S. consumers prices ranging from $0.69 to $1.29 per single-track download. We have limited ability to increase our wholesale prices to digital service providers for digital downloads as we believe Apple’s iTunes controls more than two-thirds of the legitimate digital music track download business in the U.S. If Apple’s iTunes were to adopt a lower pricing model or if there were structural change to other download pricing models, we may receive substantially less per download for our music, which could cause a material reduction in our revenues, unless it is offset by a corresponding increase in the number of downloads. Additionally, Apple’s iTunes and other online music stores at present accept and make available for sale all the recordings that we and other distributors deliver to them. However, if online stores in the future decide to limit the types or amount of music they will accept from music content owners like us, our revenues could be significantly reduced.
 
74

Table of Contents
Our involvement in intellectual property litigation could adversely affect our business.
Our business is highly dependent upon intellectual property, an area that has encountered increased litigation in recent years. If we are alleged to infringe the intellectual property rights of a third party, any litigation to defend the claim could be costly and would divert the time and resources of management, regardless of the merits of the claim. There can be no assurance that we would prevail in any such litigation. If we were to lose a litigation relating to intellectual property, we could be forced to pay monetary damages and to cease the sale of certain products or the use of certain technology. Any of the foregoing may adversely affect our business.
Due to the nature of our business, our results of operations and cash flows may fluctuate significantly from period to period.
Our net sales, operating income and profitability, like those of other companies in the music business, are largely affected by the number and quality of albums that we release or that include musical compositions published by us, timing of our release schedule and, more importantly, the consumer demand for these releases. We also make advance payments to recording artists and songwriters, which impact our operating cash flows. The timing of album releases and advance payments is largely based on business and other considerations and is made without regard to the impact of the timing of the release on our financial results. We report results of operations quarterly and our results of operations and cash flows in any reporting period may be materially affected by the timing of releases and advance payments, which may result in significant fluctuations from period to period.
We may be unable to compete successfully in the highly competitive markets in which we operate and we may suffer reduced profits as a result.
The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, are subject to ongoing consolidation among major music companies, are based on consumer preferences and are rapidly changing. Additionally, they require substantial human and capital resources. We compete with other recorded music companies and music publishers to identify and sign new recording artists and songwriters who subsequently achieve long-term success and to renew agreements with established artists and songwriters. In addition, our competitors may from time to time reduce their prices in an effort to expand market share and introduce new services, or improve the quality of their products or services. We may lose business if we are unable to sign successful recording artists or songwriters or to match the prices or the quality of products and services, offered by our competitors. Our Recorded Music business competes not only with other recorded music companies, but also with the recorded music efforts of live events companies and recording artists who may choose to distribute their own works. Our Music Publishing business competes not only with other music publishing companies, but also with songwriters who publish their own works. Our Recorded Music business is to a large extent dependent on technological developments, including access to and selection and viability of new technologies, and is subject to potential pressure from competitors as a result of their technological developments. For example, our Recorded Music business may be further adversely affected by technological developments that facilitate the piracy of music, such as Internet peer-to-peer filesharing and CD-R activity, by an inability to enforce our intellectual property rights in digital environments and by a failure to develop successful business models applicable to a digital environment. The Recorded Music business also faces competition from other forms of entertainment and leisure activities, such as cable and satellite television, pre-recorded films on DVD, the Internet and computer and videogames.
We may be materially and adversely affected by the acquisition of EMI’s recorded music division by Universal and the acquisition of EMI Music Publishing by a group including Sony Corporation of America (an affiliate of Sony/ATV).
In November 2011, Vivendi and its subsidiary, Universal Music Group (UMG), announced that it had signed with Citigroup, Inc. (“Citi”) a definitive agreement to purchase EMI’s recorded music division. The proposed acquisition would combine the largest and the fourth-largest recorded music companies. The transaction is subject to certain closing conditions, including regulatory approvals.
Also in November 2011, an investor group comprised of Sony Corporation of America (an affiliate of Sony/ATV), in conjunction with the Estate of Michael Jackson, Mubadala Development Company PJSC, Jynwel Capital Limited, the Blackstone Group’s GSO Capital Partners LP and David Geffen announced that they had signed with Citi a definitive agreement to purchase EMI Music Publishing. The proposed acquisition would combine the second- and fourth-largest music publishers. On April 19, 2012, the European Commission approved the transaction, stipulating that the group must sell certain publishing rights after the acquisition is finalized. The transaction is still subject to certain closing conditions, including additional regulatory approvals.
Our business operations in some foreign countries subject us to trends, developments or other events which may affect us adversely.
We are a global company with strong local presences, which have become increasingly important as the popularity of music originating from a country’s own language and culture has increased in recent years. Our mix of national and international recording artists and songwriters provides a significant degree of diversification for our music portfolio. However, our creative content does not necessarily enjoy universal appeal. As a result, our results can be affected not only by general industry trends, but also by trends, developments or other events in individual countries, including:
 
 	•	 	limited legal protection and enforcement of intellectual property rights;	
 
75

Table of Contents
 	•	 	restrictions on the repatriation of capital;	
 
 	•	 	fluctuations in interest and foreign exchange rates;	
 
 	•	 	differences and unexpected changes in regulatory environment, including environmental, health and safety, local planning, zoning and labor laws, rules and regulations;	
 
 	•	 	varying tax regimes which could adversely affect our results of operations or cash flows, including regulations relating to transfer pricing and withholding taxes on remittances and other payments by subsidiaries and joint ventures;	
 
 	•	 	exposure to different legal standards and enforcement mechanisms and the associated cost of compliance;	
 
 	•	 	difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified management and employees or rationalizing our workforce;	
 
 	•	 	tariffs, duties, export controls and other trade barriers;	
 
 	•	 	longer accounts receivable settlement cycles and difficulties in collecting accounts receivable;	
 
 	•	 	recessionary trends, inflation and instability of the financial markets;	
 
 	•	 	higher interest rates; and	
 
 	•	 	political instability.	
We may not be able to insure or hedge against these risks, and we may not be able to ensure compliance with all of the applicable regulations without incurring additional costs. Furthermore, financing may not be available in countries with less than investment-grade sovereign credit ratings. As a result, it may be difficult to create or maintain profit-making operations in developing countries.
In addition, our results can be affected by trends, developments and other events in individual countries. There can be no assurance that in the future other country-specific trends, developments or other events will not have such a significant adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Unfavorable conditions can depress sales in any given market and prompt promotional or other actions that affect our margins.
Our business may be adversely affected by competitive market conditions and we may not be able to execute our business strategy.
We intend to increase revenues and cash flow through a business strategy which requires us, among other things, to continue to maximize the value of our music assets, to significantly reduce costs to maximize flexibility and adjust to new realities of the market, to continue to act to contain digital piracy and to diversify our revenue streams into growing segments of the music business by entering into expanded-rights deals with recording artists and by operating our artist services businesses and to capitalize on digital distribution and emerging technologies.
Each of these initiatives requires sustained management focus, organization and coordination over significant periods of time. Each of these initiatives also requires success in building relationships with third parties and in anticipating and keeping up with technological developments and consumer preferences and may involve the implementation of new business models or distribution platforms. The results of our strategy and the success of our implementation of this strategy will not be known for some time in the future. If we are unable to implement our strategy successfully or properly react to changes in market conditions, our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.
Our ability to operate effectively could be impaired if we fail to attract and retain our executive officers.
Our success depends, in part, upon the continuing contributions of our executive officers. Although we have employment agreements with our executive officers, there is no guarantee that they will not leave. The loss of the services of any of our executive officers or the failure to attract other executive officers could have a material adverse effect on our business or our business prospects.
A significant portion of our Music Publishing revenues is subject to rate regulation either by government entities or by local third-party collection societies throughout the world and rates on other income streams may be set by arbitration proceedings, which may limit our profitability.
Mechanical royalties and performance royalties are the two largest sources of income to our Music Publishing business and mechanical royalties are a significant expense to our Recorded Music business. In the U.S., mechanical rates are set pursuant to an arbitration process under the U.S. Copyright Act unless rates are determined through voluntary industry negotiations and performance rates are set by performing rights societies and subject to challenge by performing rights licensees. Outside the U.S., mechanical and performance rates are typically negotiated on an industry-wide basis. The mechanical and performance rates set pursuant to such
 
76

Table of Contents
processes may adversely affect us by limiting our ability to increase the profitability of our Music Publishing business. If the mechanical rates are set too high it may also adversely affect us by limiting our ability to increase the profitability of our Recorded Music business. In addition, rates our Recorded Music business receives in the U.S. for, among other sources of income and potential income, webcasting and satellite radio are set by an arbitration process under the U.S. Copyright Act unless rates are determined through voluntary industry negotiations. It is important as sales shift from physical to diversified distribution channels that we receive fair value for all of the uses of our intellectual property as our business model now depends upon multiple revenue streams from multiple sources. If the rates for Recorded Music income sources that are established through legally prescribed rate-setting processes are set too low, it could have a material adverse impact on our Recorded Music business or our business prospects.
An impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangible and long-lived assets could negatively affect our operating results and equity.
On March 31, 2012, we had $1.376 billion of goodwill and $102 million of indefinite-lived intangible assets. Financial Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 350, Intangibles—Goodwill and other (“ASC 350”) requires that we test these assets for impairment annually (or more frequently should indications of impairment arise) by estimating the fair value of each of our reporting units (calculated using a discounted cash flow method) and comparing that value to the reporting units’ carrying value. If the carrying value exceeds the fair value, there is a potential impairment and additional testing must be performed. In performing our annual tests and determining whether indications of impairment exist, we consider numerous factors including actual and projected operating results of each reporting unit, external market factors such as market prices for similar assets, the market capitalization of our stock, and trends in the music industry. As noted, the Merger was completed during the fourth quarter of fiscal year ended September 30, 2011 and resulted in all assets and liabilities being recognized at fair value as of July 20, 2011. This eliminated the need for the Company to perform a separate annual assessment of the recoverability of its goodwill and intangibles. No indicators of impairment were identified during the Predecessor period that required the Company to perform an interim assessment or recoverability test, nor were any identified during the Successor period. However, future events may occur that could adversely affect the estimated fair value of our reporting units. Such events may include, but are not limited to, strategic decisions made in response to changes in economic and competitive conditions and the impact of the economic environment on our operating results. Failure to achieve sufficient levels of cash flow at our reporting units could also result in impairment charges on goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. If the value of the acquired goodwill or acquired indefinite-lived intangible assets is impaired, our operating results and shareholders’ equity could be adversely affected.
We also had $2.588 billion of definite-lived intangible assets as of March 31, 2012. FASB ASC Topic 360-10-35, (“ASC 360-10-35”) requires companies to review these assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. If similar events occur as enumerated above such that we believe indicators of impairment are present, we would test for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset to the net undiscounted cash flows expected to be generated from the asset. If those net undiscounted cash flows do not exceed the carrying amount, we would perform the next step, which is to determine the fair value of the asset, which could result in an impairment charge. Any impairment charge recorded would negatively affect our operating results and shareholders’ equity.
Unfavorable currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our results of operations.
The reporting currency for our financial statements is the U.S. dollar. We have substantial assets, liabilities, revenues and costs denominated in currencies other than U.S. dollars. To prepare our consolidated financial statements, we must translate those assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses into U.S. dollars at then-applicable exchange rates. Consequently, increases and decreases in the value of the U.S. dollar versus other currencies will affect the amount of these items in our consolidated financial statements, even if their value has not changed in their original currency. These translations could result in significant changes to our results of operations from period to period. Prior to intersegment eliminations, approximately 58% and 60% of our revenues related to operations in foreign territories for the three and six months ended March 31, 2012. From time to time, we enter into foreign exchange contracts to hedge the risk of unfavorable foreign currency exchange rate movements. As of March 31, 2012, we have hedged a portion of our material foreign currency exposures related to royalty payments remitted between our foreign affiliates and our U.S. affiliates through the end of the current fiscal year.
We may not have full control and ability to direct the operations we conduct through joint ventures.
We currently have interests in a number of joint ventures and may in the future enter into further joint ventures as a means of conducting our business. In addition, we structure certain of our relationships with recording artists and songwriters as joint ventures. We may not be able to fully control the operations and the assets of our joint ventures, and we may not be able to make major decisions or may not be able to take timely actions with respect to our joint ventures unless our joint venture partners agree.
 
77

Table of Contents
The enactment of legislation limiting the terms by which an individual can be bound under a “personal services” contract could impair our ability to retain the services of key artists.
California Labor Code Section 2855 (“Section 2855”) limits the duration of time any individual can be bound under a contract for “personal services” to a maximum of seven years. In 1987, Subsection (b) was added, which provides a limited exception to Section 2855 for recording contracts, creating a damages remedy for record companies. Legislation was introduced in New York in 2009 to create a statute similar to Section 2855 to limit contracts between artists and record companies to a term of seven years which term may be reduced to three years if the artist was not represented in the negotiation and execution of such contracts by qualified counsel experienced with entertainment industry law and practices, potentially affecting the duration of artist contracts. There is no assurance that California will not introduce legislation in the future seeking to repeal Subsection (b). The repeal of Subsection (b) of Section 2855 and/or the passage of legislation similar to Section 2855 by other states could materially affect our results of operations and financial position.
We face a potential loss of catalog if it is determined that recording artists have a right to recapture rights in their recordings under the U.S. Copyright Act.
The U.S. Copyright Act provides authors (or their heirs) a right to terminate U.S. licenses or assignments of rights in their copyrighted works in certain circumstances. This right does not apply to works that are “works made for hire.” Since the effective date of U.S. federal copyright protection for sound recordings (February 15, 1972), virtually all of our agreements with recording artists provide that such recording artists render services under a work-made-for-hire relationship. A termination right exists under the U.S. Copyright Act for U.S. rights in musical compositions that are not “works made for hire.” If any of our commercially available sound recordings were determined not to be “works made for hire,” then the recording artists (or their heirs) could have the right to terminate the U.S. federal copyright rights they granted to us, generally during a five-year period starting at the end of 35 years from the date of release of a recording under a post-1977 license or assignment (or, in the case of a pre-1978 grant in a pre-1978 recording, generally during a five-year period starting at the end of 56 years from the date of copyright). A termination of U.S. federal copyright rights could have an adverse effect on our Recorded Music business. From time to time, authors (or their heirs) can terminate our U.S. rights in musical compositions. However, we believe the effect of those terminations is already reflected in the financial results of our Music Publishing business.
If we acquire, combine with or invest in other businesses, we will face certain risks inherent in such transactions.
We may pursue strategic transactions in the future, which could be difficult to implement, disrupt our business or change our business profile significantly.
We have in the past considered and will continue to, from time to time, consider opportunistic strategic transactions, which could involve acquisitions, combinations or dispositions of businesses or assets, or strategic alliances or joint ventures with companies engaged in businesses that are similar or complementary to ours. Any such strategic combination could be material. Any future strategic transaction could involve numerous risks, including:
 
 	•	 	potential disruption of our ongoing business and distraction of management;	
 
 	•	 	potential loss of recording artists or songwriters from our rosters;	
 
 	•	 	difficulty integrating the acquired businesses or segregating assets to be disposed of;	
 
 	•	 	exposure to unknown and/or contingent or other liabilities, including litigation arising in connection with the acquisition, disposition and/or against any businesses we may acquire;	
 
 	•	 	reputational or other damages to our business as a result of a failure to consummate such a transaction for, among other reasons, failure to gain anti-trust approval; and	
 
 	•	 	changing our business profile in ways that could have unintended consequences.	
If we enter into significant strategic transactions in the future, related accounting charges may affect our financial condition and results of operations, particularly in the case of any acquisitions. In addition, the financing of any significant acquisition may result in changes in our capital structure, including the incurrence of additional indebtedness. Conversely, any material disposition could reduce our indebtedness or require the amendment or refinancing of our outstanding indebtedness or a portion thereof. We may not be successful in addressing these risks or any other problems encountered in connection with any strategic transactions. We cannot assure you that if we make any future acquisitions, investments, strategic alliances or joint ventures or enter into any business combination that they will be completed in a timely manner, that they will be structured or financed in a way that will enhance our creditworthiness or that they will meet our strategic objectives or otherwise be successful. We also may not be successful in implementing appropriate operational, financial and management systems and controls to achieve the benefits expected to result from these transactions. Failure to effectively manage any of these transactions could result in material increases in costs or reductions in expected revenues, or both. In addition, if any new business in which we invest or which we attempt to develop does not progress as planned, we may not recover the funds and resources we have expended and this could have a negative impact on our businesses or our company as a whole.
 
78

Table of Contents
We have outsourced our information technology infrastructure and certain finance and accounting functions and may outsource other back-office functions, which will make us more dependent upon third parties.
In an effort to make our information technology, or IT, more efficient and increase our IT capabilities and reduce potential disruptions, as well as generate cost savings, we signed a contract during fiscal year 2009 with a third-party service provider to outsource a significant portion of our IT infrastructure functions. This outsourcing initiative was a component of our ongoing strategy to monitor our costs and to seek additional cost savings. As a result, we rely on third parties to ensure that our IT needs are sufficiently met. This reliance subjects us to risks arising from the loss of control over IT processes, changes in pricing that may affect our operating results, and potentially, termination of provisions of these services by our supplier. In addition, in an effort to make our finance and accounting functions more efficient, as well as generate cost savings, we signed a contract during fiscal year 2009 with a third-party service provider to outsource certain finance and accounting functions. A failure of our service providers to perform services in a satisfactory manner may have a significant adverse effect on our business. We may outsource other back-office functions in the future, which would increase our reliance on third parties.
We have engaged in substantial restructuring activities in the past, and may need to implement further restructurings in the future and our restructuring efforts may not be successful or generate expected cost savings.
The recorded music industry continues to undergo substantial change. These changes continue to have a substantial impact on our business. See “—The recorded music industry has been declining and may continue to decline, which may adversely affect our prospects and our results of operations.” Following the 2004 Acquisition, we implemented a broad restructuring plan in order to adapt our cost structure to the changing economics of the music industry. We continue to shift resources from our physical sales channels to efforts focused on digital distribution, emerging technologies and other new revenue streams. In addition, in order to help mitigate the effects of the recorded music transition, we continue our efforts to reduce overhead and manage our variable and fixed cost structure to minimize any impact. As of the completion of the Merger in July 2011, we have targeted cost savings over the next nine fiscal quarters following the merger of $50 million to $65 million based on identified cost savings initiatives and opportunities. While a portion of these initiatives and opportunities have been implemented, there can be no assurances that additional cost savings will be achieved in full or at all.
We cannot be certain that we will not be required to implement further restructuring activities, make additions or other changes to our management or workforce based on other cost reduction measures or changes in the markets and industry in which we compete. Our inability to structure our operations based on evolving market conditions could impact our business. Restructuring activities can create unanticipated consequences and negative impacts on the business, and we cannot be sure that any future restructuring efforts will be successful or generate expected cost savings.
Access, which indirectly owns all of our outstanding capital stock following the consummation of the Merger, controls our company and may have conflicts of interest with the holders of our debt or us in the future. Access may also enter into, or cause us to enter into, strategic transactions that could change the nature or structure of our business, capital structure or credit profile.
Following the consummation of the Merger, Access indirectly owns all of our common stock, and the actions that Access undertakes as the sole ultimate shareholder may differ from or adversely affect the interests of debt holders. Because Access ultimately controls our voting shares and those of all of our subsidiaries, it has the power, among other things, to affect our legal and capital structure and our day-to-day operations, as well as to elect our directors and those of our subsidiaries, to change our management and to approve any other changes to our operations. Access also has the power to direct us to engage in strategic transactions, with or involving other companies in our industry, including acquisitions, combinations or dispositions, and any such transaction could be material. Any such transaction would carry the risks set forth above under “—If we acquire, combine with or invest in other businesses, we will face certain risks inherent in such transactions.”
Additionally, Access is in the business of making investments in companies and is actively seeking to acquire interests in businesses that operate in our industry and may compete, directly or indirectly, with us. Access may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business, which could have the effect of making such acquisition opportunities unavailable to us. Access could elect to cause us to enter into business combinations or other transactions with any business or businesses in our industry that Access may acquire or control, or we could become part of a group of companies organized under the ultimate common control of Access that may be operated in a manner different from the manner in which we have historically operated. Any such business combination transaction could require that we or such group of companies incur additional indebtedness, and could also require us or any acquired business to make divestitures of assets necessary or desirable to obtain regulatory approval for such transaction. The amounts of such additional indebtedness, and the size of any such divestitures, could be material. Access may also from time to time purchase outstanding indebtedness that we issued prior to, or in connection with, the Merger, and could also subsequently sell any such indebtedness. Any purchase or sale of such indebtedness may affect the value of, trading price or liquidity of such indebtedness.
 
79

Table of Contents
Finally, because we do not have any securities listed on a securities exchange following the consummation of the Merger and the related transactions, we are not subject to certain of the corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange, including any requirement to have any independent directors.
Our reliance on one company as the primary supplier for the manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution of our products in the U.S. and Canada and part of Europe could have an adverse impact on our ability to meet our manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution requirements.
On November 16, 2010, we entered into a series of new agreements with Cinram and its affiliates including an agreement with Cinram Manufacturing LLC (formerly Cinram Manufacturing Inc.), Cinram Distribution LLC and Cinram International Inc. for the U.S. and Canada and an agreement with Cinram International Inc., Cinram GmbH and Cinram Operations UK Limited for certain territories within the European Union. We entered into certain amendments to the agreements in January 2011. Both new agreements, as amended, now expire on January 31, 2014. The terms of the new agreements, as amended, remain substantially the same as the terms of the original 2003 agreements, as amended, but now provide us with the option to use third-party vendors at any time to fulfill our requirements for up to a certain percentage of the volume provided to us during the 2010 calendar year by Cinram (and up to a higher percentage upon the occurrence of certain events). In addition, we have expanded termination rights. As Cinram continues to be our primary supplier of manufacturing and distribution services in the U.S., Canada and part of Europe, our continued ability to meet our manufacturing, packaging and physical distribution requirements in those territories depends largely on Cinram’s continued successful operation in accordance with the service level requirements mandated by us in our service agreements. If, for any reason, Cinram were to fail to meet contractually required service levels, or were unable to otherwise continue to provide services, we may have difficulty satisfying our commitments to our wholesale and retail customers in the short term until we more fully transitioned to an alternate provider, which could have an adverse impact on our revenues. In April 2012, in connection with its earnings report, Cinram described certain events and conditions that indicate the existence of a material uncertainty that may cast significant doubt about Cinram’s ability to continue as a going concern, including the breach of certain of the financial covenants in its senior credit agreements. Cinram announced that it is engaged in a strategic process and is working with a view to completion of the strategic process within the next few months. There can be no assurance that the process will identify a transaction that is in the best interests of Cinram or that Cinram will be able to implement any such transaction. Cinram announced that it has been working with its senior lenders and their advisors with respect to its current strategic review process and Cinram’s breach of certain of the financial covenants in its senior credit agreements. The senior lenders have waived or amended the senior credit facilities on numerous occasions as the strategic process has continued. On May 1, 2012, Cinram announced that its first and second tier senior lenders agreed to extend their waiver of certain financial covenants, consistent with previously granted waivers. These waivers have been extended to May 30, 2012 but can be terminated under certain circumstances by the lenders on or after May 15, 2012. There can be no assurance that further waivers will be provided or that ongoing waivers will not be retracted. Any future inability of Cinram to continue to provide services due to financial distress, refinancing issues or otherwise could also require us to switch to substitute suppliers of these services for more services than currently planned. As permitted under our revised Cinram agreements, in 2011 we entered into a non-exclusive third-party manufacturing and distribution services arrangement, pursuant to which we can use a third-party to fulfill our requirements in the event Cinram is unable to do so. We have completed technical integration into each of the third-party’s manufacturing and distribution facilities but because we have only used the third-party for a very limited volume, there could be some delay if we needed to use it to fulfill all of our requirements in the event Cinram is unable to do so. Even though our agreements with Cinram give us a right to terminate based upon failure to meet mandated service levels and now also permit us to use third-party vendors for a portion of our service requirements, and although there are several capable substitute suppliers, it might be costly for us to switch to substitute suppliers for any such services, particularly in the short term, and the delay and transition time associated with finding substitute suppliers could also have an adverse impact on our revenues.
Risks Related to our Leverage
Our substantial leverage on a consolidated basis could adversely affect our ability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, limit our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry and prevent us from meeting our obligations under our indebtedness.
We are highly leveraged. As of March 31, 2012, our total consolidated indebtedness was $2.212 billion. In addition, we would have been able to borrow up to $60 million under our Revolving Credit Facility, less letters of credit outstanding of approximately $1 million.
Our high degree of leverage could have important consequences for our investors. For example, it may:
 
 	•	 	make it more difficult for us to make payments on our indebtedness;	
 
 	•	 	increase our vulnerability to general economic and industry conditions, including recessions and periods of significant inflation and financial market volatility;	
 
 	•	 	expose us to the risk of increased interest rates because any borrowings we make under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest at variable rates;	
 
80

Table of Contents
 	•	 	require us to use a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our indebtedness, thereby reducing our ability to fund working capital, capital expenditures and other expenses;	
 
 	•	 	limit our ability to refinance existing indebtedness on favorable terms or at all or borrow additional funds in the future for, among other things, working capital, acquisitions or debt service requirements;	
 
 	•	 	limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the industries in which we operate;	
 
 	•	 	place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to competitors that have less indebtedness; and	
 
 	•	 	limit our ability to borrow additional funds that may be needed to operate and expand our business.	
We and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, subject to the restrictions contained in our indentures relating to our outstanding notes and the Revolving Credit Facility. If new indebtedness is added to our current debt levels, the related risks that we and our subsidiaries now face could intensify.
We may not be able to generate sufficient cash to service all of our indebtedness, and may be forced to take other actions to satisfy our obligations under our indebtedness, which may not be successful.
Our ability to make scheduled payments on or to refinance our debt obligations depends on our financial condition and operating performance, which is subject to prevailing economic and competitive conditions and to certain financial, business and other factors beyond our control. We may not maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal, premium, if any, and interest on our indebtedness.
Holdings, our immediate subsidiary, will rely on our indirect subsidiary Acquisition Corp. and its subsidiaries to make payments on its borrowings. If Acquisition Corp. does not dividend funds to Holdings in an amount sufficient to make such payments, if necessary in the future, Holdings may default under the indenture governing its borrowings, which would result in all such notes becoming due and payable. Because Acquisition Corp.’s debt agreements have covenants that limit its ability to make payments to Holdings, Holdings may not have access to funds in an amount sufficient to service its indebtedness.
Our debt agreements contain restrictions that limit our flexibility in operating our business.
The indentures governing our outstanding notes contain various covenants that limit our ability to engage in specified types of transactions. These covenants limit our ability, Holdings’ ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to, among other things:
 
 	•	 	incur additional debt or issue certain preferred shares;	
 
 	•	 	create liens on certain debt;	
 
 	•	 	pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of our capital stock or make investments or other restricted payments;	
 
 	•	 	sell certain assets;	
 
 	•	 	create restrictions on the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to pay dividends to us or make certain other intercompany transfers;	
 
 	•	 	enter into certain transactions with our affiliates; and	
 
 	•	 	consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets.	
In addition, the credit agreement governing the Revolving Credit Facility contains a number of covenants that limit our ability and the ability of our restricted subsidiaries to:
 
 	•	 	pay dividends on, and redeem and purchase, equity interests;	
 
 	•	 	make other restricted payments;	
 
 	•	 	make prepayments on, redeem or repurchase certain debt;	
 
 	•	 	incur certain liens;	
 
 	•	 	make certain loans and investments;	
 
 	•	 	incur certain additional debt;	
 
 	•	 	enter into guarantees and hedging arrangements;	
 
 	•	 	enter into mergers, acquisitions and asset sales;	
 
 	•	 	enter into transactions with affiliates;	
 
 	•	 	change the business we and our subsidiaries conduct;	
 
 	•	 	restrict the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends or make distributions;	
 
 	•	 	amend the terms of subordinated debt and unsecured bonds; and	
 
 	•	 	make certain capital expenditures.	
 
81

Table of Contents
Our ability to borrow additional amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility will depend upon satisfaction of these covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants.
Our failure to comply with obligations under the instruments governing their indebtedness may result in an event of default under such instruments. We cannot be certain that we will have funds available to remedy these defaults. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we cannot be certain that we will have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or will have the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all.
All of these restrictions could affect our ability to operate our business or may limit our ability to take advantage of potential business opportunities as they arise.
If our cash flows and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay investments in recording artists and songwriters, capital expenditures or dividends, or to sell assets, seek additional capital or restructure or refinance our indebtedness. These alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations. In the absence of such operating results and resources, we could face substantial liquidity problems and might be required to dispose of material assets or operations to meet our debt service and other obligations. The indentures governing our outstanding notes restrict our ability to dispose of assets and use the proceeds from dispositions. We may not be able to consummate those dispositions or to obtain the proceeds which we could realize from them and these proceeds may not be adequate to meet any debt service obligations then due.
A reduction in our credit ratings could impact our cost of capital.
Although reductions in our debt ratings may not have an immediate impact on the cost of debt or our liquidity, they may impact the cost of debt and liquidity over the medium term and future access at a reasonable rate to the debt markets may be adversely impacted.
 
ITEM 2.	UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS	
Item 2 is not applicable and has been omitted.
 
ITEM 3.	DEFAULTS UPON SENIOR SECURITIES	
Item 3 is not applicable and has been omitted.
 
ITEM 4.	MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES	
Item 4 is not applicable and has been omitted.
 
ITEM 5.	OTHER INFORMATION	
Amendment of Employment Agreement of Cameron Strang
On May 10, 2012, Mr. Strang entered into an amendment to his employment agreement with Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. (“Warner/Chappell”) originally dated as of December 29, 2010. The amendment to the employment agreement, among other things, includes the following amended terms: (i) the term of Mr. Strang’s employment as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Warner/Chappell shall be extended for one year to December 31, 2015 and (ii) effective as of January 1, 2012, Mr. Strang shall be paid an annual base salary of $1,750,000 and a discretionary annual bonus. This represents a change in his compensation from an annual base salary of $850,000 and an annual target bonus of $850,000 under his original employment agreement.
Under the terms of the amendment to the employment agreement, in the event Warner/Chappell terminates Mr. Strang’s employment agreement for any reason other than for cause or if Mr. Strang terminates his employment for good reason, each as defined in the agreement, Mr. Strang shall be entitled to severance benefits equal to: (i) $1,312,500 and (ii) continued participation in Warner/Chappell’s group health and life insurance plans for up to one year after termination. This represents a change in his cash severance from $1,700,000 under his original employment agreement.
The amendment to the employment agreement also provides that Warner/Chappell may add additional duties of any kind within Warner Music Group Corp. without modification of compensation.
The amendment to Mr. Strang’s employment agreement is filed as Exhibit 10.2 hereto and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
 
82

Table of Contents
ITEM 6.	EXHIBITS	
The agreements and other documents filed as exhibits to this report are not intended to provide factual information or other disclosure other than with respect to the terms of the agreements or other documents themselves, and you should not rely on them for that purpose. In particular, any representations and warranties made by us in these agreements or other documents were made solely within the specific context of the relevant agreement or document and may not describe the actual state of affairs as of the date they were made or at any other time.

Exhibit No.	  	Description	
 	 	
    3.1	  	Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Warner Music Group Corp. (1)	
 	 	
    3.2	  	Third Amended and Restated Bylaws of Warner Music Group Corp. (2)	
 	 	
  10.1	  	Amendment No. 1 to US/Canada Agreements, effective as of January 31, 2012 between Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation and Cinram International Inc., Cinram Manufacturing LLC and Cinram Distribution LLC ****	
 	 	
  10.2	  	Employment Agreement, dated as of May 10, 2012, between Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. and Cameron Strang.* †	
 	 	
  31.1	  	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended*	
 	 	
  31.2	  	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and Rule 15d-15(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended*	
 	 	
  32.1	  	Certification of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**	
 	 	
  32.2	  	Certification of the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**	
 	 	
101.1	  	Financial statements from the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of Warner Music Group Corp. for the quarter ended March 31, 2012, filed on May 15, 2012, formatted in XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Equity Deficit and (v) Notes to Consolidated Interim Audited Financial Statements***	
 
*	Filed herewith.	
**	This certification will be treated as “accompanying” this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q and not “filed” as part of such report for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act, as amended, or otherwise subject the liability of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and this certification will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, except to the extent that the registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.	
***	Furnished herewith pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) information is submitted and not filed or a part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, is deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise is not subject to liability under these sections.	
****	Filed herewith. An application for confidential treatment for selected portions of these agreements has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.	
†	Represents management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement in which directors and/or executive officers are eligible to participate.	
(1)	Incorporated by reference to Warner Music Group Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 20, 2011 (File No. 001-32502).	
(2)	Incorporated by reference to Warner Music Group Corp.’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed on July 26, 2011 (File No. 001-32502).	
 
83

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
May 15, 2012

WARNER MUSIC GROUP CORP.	
 	 	
By:	 	/S/    STEPHEN COOPER	
Name:	 	Stephen Cooper	
Title:	 	Chief Executive Officer	
 	 	(Principal Executive Officer)	
 	 	
By:	 	/S/    BRIAN ROBERTS	
Name:	 	Brian Roberts	
Title:	 	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial	
 	 	Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	
 
84

Exhibit 10.1
CERTAIN CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT, MARKED BY ASTERISKS, HAS BEEN OMITTED AND FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION PURSUANT TO A REQUEST FOR CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT PURSUANT TO RULE 24B-2 UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, AS AMENDED.
AMENDMENT NO. 1 TO US/CANADA AGREEMENTS
This AMENDMENT TO US/CANADA AGREEMENTS (“Amendment”) is made and entered into effective as of January 31, 2012 (the “ Amendment Effective Date ”) by and between, on one hand, Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation, a New York corporation with its principal place of business at 75 Rockefeller Plaza, New York, NY 10019 (“ WEA ”), and on the other hand, Cinram International Inc., a Canadian corporation with its principal place of business at 2255 Markham Road, Scarborough, Ontario M1B 2W3, Canada (“ Cinram International Inc. ”), Cinram Manufacturing LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at 1400 East Lackawanna Avenue, Olyphant, PA 18448 (“ Cinram Manufacturing LLC ”), and Cinram Distribution LLC, a Delaware limited liability company with its principal place of business at 437 Sanford Road, LaVergne, TN 37086 (“ Cinram Distribution LLC ”) (Cinram International Inc., Cinram Manufacturing LLC, and Cinram Distribution LLC, individually and collectively, “ Cinram ”). This Amendment amends (a) that certain US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement between WEA and Cinram, dated as of July 1, 2010 (the “ US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement ”), including Exhibit A (M&P Terms) and Exhibit B (PP&S Terms) thereto (respectively, the “ M&P Terms ” and “ PP&S Terms ”), and (b) that certain US/Canada Transition Agreement between WEA and Cinram, dated as of July 1, 2010 (the “ US/Canada Transition Agreement ”). Each capitalized term used in this Amendment but not defined herein has the meaning ascribed to such term in the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement or US/Canada Transition Agreement, as applicable.
In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements set forth herein, and for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, WEA and Cinram hereby agree as follows:
1. Payment. Cinram shall pay to WEA the amount of [****]. Such payment shall be non-refundable and non-recoupable, and shall be made in U.S. dollars in the form of a [****] deduction to fees otherwise payable by WEA for PP&S Services for each of six (6) months commencing for services provided in February, 2012. For purposes of clarification, such payment represents a [****] payment corresponding to certain WEA information technology costs related to the Transfer (as defined below), and a [****] payment corresponding to certain WEA print and packaging costs related to the Transfer.
2. Transfer of Distribution From Aurora Facility to Nashville Facility.
a. Generally. The parties acknowledge that following the Amendment Effective Date, Cinram intends to close Cinram Distribution LLC’s distribution facility located at 948 Meridian

Lake Drive, Aurora, IL 60504 (the “Aurora Facility”) and to transfer Cinram Distribution LLC’s operations from the Aurora Facility to Cinram Distribution LLC’s distribution facility located at 437 Sanford Road, LaVergne, TN 37086 (the “ Nashville Facility ,” and such transfer of Cinram Distribution LLC’s operations from the Aurora Facility to the Nashville Facility, the “ Transfer ”). Cinram’s written Transfer plan is attached as Schedule 1 (Transfer Plan) to this Amendment (the “ Transfer Plan ”). Cinram shall cause the Transfer to be conducted in all material respects in accordance with the Transfer Plan as attached hereto, including the “start” and “finish” dates for each task set forth therein, and Cinram shall immediately notify WEA if the Transfer deviates from the Transfer Plan as provided to WEA. Cinram shall notify WEA in advance of any anticipated changes to the Transfer Plan or to how the Transfer will be conducted (including additions of, deletions of and changes to tasks, dates and milestones), in each case to the extent any such changes would reasonably be likely to result in any material impact to WEA or Cinram or in any cost or expense to WEA, and any such changes shall be subject to WEA’s prior written approval (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).
b. Costs. Without limiting any provision of the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement (including Paragraph 3(m)(iii) of the M&P Terms or Paragraph 1(f)(ii) of the PP&S Terms), Cinram (i) shall be solely responsible for, and shall pay directly (or reimburse WEA for, as described in this Section 2(b)), all costs and expenses of, arising from or related to the Transfer, including those arising from or related to the closure of the Aurora Facility, the shipment of Products and Source Materials between the Aurora Facility, the Nashville Facility and/or any other Facility, the transfer of Cinram Distribution LLC’s operations from the Aurora Facility to the Nashville Facility, and any changes to the Transfer Plan. Cinram represents, warrants and covenants to WEA that no costs or expenses of, arising from or related to the Transfer shall be borne by or passed through to WEA. Without limiting the remainder of this Section 2(b), Cinram shall promptly reimburse WEA for any third party out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred by WEA or any of its Affiliates (other than WEA costs already covered by Cinram pursuant to Section 1 above) arising from or related to the Transfer for which Cinram has provided prior written approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld, delayed or conditioned). WEA shall use its good faith efforts to cooperate with Cinram to minimize the costs of the Transfer.
c. Service Quality. Cinram acknowledges and agrees that all terms and conditions of the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement and the US/Canada Transition Agreement, including Cinram’s representations, warranties and covenants, Cinram’s indemnification and insurance obligations, and the Service Level Requirements, shall apply with respect to the Nashville Facility from and after the Amendment Effective Date. Cinram further represents, warrants and covenants to WEA that the Transfer shall not adversely impact WEA, its Affiliates, or their respective customers, Cinram’s ability to perform its obligations under the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement, the quality, reliability, timeliness, or cost to WEA of any services provided thereunder, or Cinram’s ability to meet the Service Level Requirements (each of the foregoing an “ Adverse Impact. ”). Cinram shall notify WEA immediately in the event of any actual or anticipated Adverse Impact, and shall be solely responsible for remedying any Adverse Impact and its causes at Cinram’s expense, except to the extent such Adverse Impact is caused solely by WEA’s breach of its obligations under the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement or solely from instructions by WEA contrary to the Transfer Plan and such instructions directly cause such Adverse Impact.

d. Notifications to Retailers and Manufacturers. Cinram shall reasonably assist WEA in (i) notifying retailers of the Transfer in order to ensure that Product returns are directed to the Nashville Facility or another WEA-designated and approved facility, and (ii) notifying WEA’s third-party manufacturers of the Transfer in order to ensure that Products shipped from such third-party manufacturers reach the Nashville Facility or another WEA-designated and approved facility; in each case, without delay and without material adverse impact on WEA, its Affiliates, or their respective customers.
e. Miscellaneous. As of the Amendment Effective Date, the address of the Nashville Facility shall be deemed to have been added to Schedule E (Approved Facilities) to the PP&S Terms. Following WEA’s determination that the Transfer has been completed successfully and in accordance with the Transfer Plan, the facility identified as “948 Meridian Lake Drive, Aurora, IL 60504” shall be deemed to have been deleted from Schedule E  (Approved Facilities) to the PP&S Terms. Additionally, (i) in Paragraph 3(m)(iii) of the M&P Terms, Paragraph 1(f)(ii) of the PP&S Terms and Section 9(c) of the US/Canada Transition Agreement, the clause that reads, “(including without limitation Company’s facilities in Aurora, IL or Olyphant, PA)” is hereby amended to read, “(including without limitation Company’s facilities in Aurora, IL, LaVergne, TN ( i.e. , Company’s Nashville facility) or Olyphant, PA)”; (ii) in Section 6 of  Schedule A  (Service Level Requirements) to the M&P Terms, each reference to “Aurora, IL” is hereby amended to read, “Aurora, IL or LaVergne, TN ( i.e. , Company’s Nashville facility)”; and (iii) in Paragraph 1(d)(ii) of the PP&S Terms, each reference to “ Aurora ” is hereby amended to read, “Aurora, IL or LaVergne, TN ( i.e. , Company’s Nashville facility)”. Notwithstanding the Transfer and notwithstanding any amendments described in this Section 2(e), all of WEA’s rights and all of Cinram’s obligations and liabilities with respect to the Aurora Facility, including Cinram’s indemnification obligations for acts and omissions performed at the Aurora Facility, shall remain in force and effect as if, for purposes of such rights, obligations and liabilities, such facility remained a “Facility” and an “Approved Facility” under the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement.
3. Shipping, Back-Up Inventory and Storage.
a. Shipping Responsibilities and Charges. At any time after the completion of the Transfer, WEA may, by not less than 60 days written notice to Cinram, elect to transfer to Cinram the responsibility for shipping some or all units of Products from Cinram’s distribution warehouse facilities to WEA’s customers or otherwise at WEA’s request, in orders and quantities as requested and approved by WEA to any locations in the Territory designated by WEA. At any time in which WEA has transferred more than [****] of its so-called “less-than-truckload” or “LTL” shipping to Cinram, for the units of Product for which WEA so elects to transfer shipping responsibility, Cinram shall thereafter (a) cause all fees, charges and costs otherwise payable or borne by WEA under the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement for so-called “less-than-truckload” or “LTL” shipping of such units, to be reduced by at least [****] from the value of WEA’s then-current fees, charges and costs for such “less-than-truckload” or “LTL” shipments, and (b) ensure that the amounts by which such fees, charges and costs are reduced are not otherwise invoiced or charged to or payable by WEA or any of its Affiliates. The parties will reasonably cooperate in good faith to implement such reductions and to resolve any related issues, provided that all costs and expenses of, arising from or related to such cooperation and implementation shall be borne solely by Cinram. For the avoidance of doubt, if WEA elects to

transfer shipping responsibility to Cinram for any units in accordance with this Section 3, WEA shall retain the right to select the modes of shipping (including applicable delivery dates and times, but not the carriers) used by Cinram to ship the affected units from Cinram’s distribution warehouse facilities to WEA’s customers or otherwise at WEA’s request, subject to the payment of the applicable freight charges as otherwise provided in the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement (as amended hereby). To the extent possible, following any such transfer of shipping responsibilities, Cinram shall maintain its relationships with the shipping providers that were used to ship Products for WEA prior to such transfer.
b. Back-Up Inventory. Between February 1, 2012 and June 30, 2012, WEA may require Cinram to manufacture and package back-up inventory of any or all titles set forth in Schedule 2 (Back-Up Titles) (such back-up inventory, the “ Back - Up Inventory ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement, Cinram shall store all Back-Up Inventory at Cinram’s manufacturing facility in Olyphant, PA, at no cost or charge to WEA. If at any time prior to completion of the Transfer WEA reasonably believes that Cinram will be unable to timely ship and deliver Product as required under the PP&S Terms (other than solely as a direct result of (i) WEA’s failure to order sufficient quantities of Product to permit shipment by Cinram or (ii) instructions by WEA contrary to the Transfer Plan and such instructions directly cause an Adverse Impact), at WEA’s request, Cinram shall ship Back-Up Inventory from Cinram’s manufacturing facility in Olyphant, PA to recipients designated by WEA (“ Shipped Back - Up Inventory ”). Cinram shall defer invoicing WEA for any Fees or other fees, charges or costs for M&P Services performed for units of Back-Up Inventory (such Fees, the “ Deferred Fees ”) until June 30, 2012. Within thirty (30) days after June 30, 2012, Cinram shall invoice WEA for the Deferred Fees, provided that such invoice shall not include, and Cinram shall permanently waive and shall not charge or invoice WEA or its Affiliates for, any Deferred Fees for or corresponding to Shipped Back-Up Inventory units.
c. Storage. Reference is made to the limitations on storage of, WEA’s obligations to direct Cinram to remove, destroy or relocate, and WEA’s obligations to pay or reimburse Cinram for the storage of Source Materials, Components, Inventory and Products that are set forth in Section 5(a) (Storage of Source Materials, Components and Finished Units of Products) of the M&P Terms and Section 6(a) (Storage) of the PP&S Terms (the foregoing, collectively, the “ Storage Limitations and Obligations ”). Cinram hereby permanently waives the Storage Limitations and Obligations (including the application and performance thereof) for and in connection with the period beginning on June 1, 2012 and ending on December 31, 2012 (the “ Storage Period ”). Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement, Cinram shall not limit, and shall not seek reimbursement from or charge WEA or any of its Affiliates for or in connection with, storage during the Storage Period for Source Materials, Components, Inventory or Products, or any other WEA or WEA Affiliate materials. WEA shall not request that Cinram provide storage for any type of materials not currently stored by Cinram for WEA currently.
4. WEA Employees.
a. Relocation. Cinram shall be responsible, at Cinram’s expense, for relocating all WEA and WEA Affiliate full-time employees located at the Aurora Facility as of the Amendment Effective Date, up to a maximum of [****] (the “ WEA Aurora Employees ”), to alternative office

space in or near Aurora, IL that is acceptable to WEA in its reasonable discretion (the “Aurora Office Space”). In furtherance of such relocation, Paragraph 5(g) (WEA Employees) of the M&P Terms and Paragraph 6(g) (WEA Employees) of the PP&S Terms are hereby deleted in their entirety and each replaced with the following language (provided that the maximum number of WEA Aurora Employees to which such sections apply shall be an aggregate maximum under both the M&P Terms and the PP&S Terms):
WEA Employees. Company shall throughout the Term, at the request of WEA, provide up to a maximum of [****] WEA Aurora Employees (as defined in that certain Amendment to US/Canada Agreements between the parties, dated January 31, 2012) (for purposes of this Exhibit, the “ WEA Employees ”) with, at Company’s expense: (i) reasonable office accommodations at Facilities in or near Aurora, IL that are approved in advance by WEA in its reasonable discretion; (ii) individual computers; (iii) copy and fax machines and maintenance services related thereto; and (iv) all other reasonable support functions as provided to them as of the Amendment Effective Date. Company also shall provide telephone, Internet and fax access for each WEA Employee, and WEA shall reimburse Company for Company’s actual, documented, out-of-pocket costs therefor. Amounts owing under this paragraph shall be invoiced by Company at month end and shall be payable [****] days from the date of the rendition of such invoice. For the avoidance of doubt, except for the amounts to be reimbursed by WEA as provided in this paragraph, Company shall be solely responsible for all (and WEA shall not be responsible for any) costs and expenses incurred in providing such office accommodations and related materials and services to the WEA Employees, including without limitation rent, security deposit, real estate taxes, build-out expenses, and charges for maintenance and similar services. WEA shall be responsible for the direction of, and all compensation and related obligations for, the WEA Employees.
b. Transfer Plan. In support of the obligations described in Section 4(a) above, Cinram shall, at Cinram’s expense: (i) fulfill the obligations set forth in the section of the Transfer Plan titled, “ WMG office relocation ,” in accordance with such Transfer Plan (including the timeline set forth therein); and (ii) be responsible for each of the following: engaging a realtor and procuring the Aurora Office Space for use by the WEA Aurora Employees; entering into a lease with the landlord of the Aurora Office Space and making any payments in connection therewith (including rent, security deposit and real estate taxes, and any charges imposed by the landlord or other third parties); providing and building out any facilities and equipment at the Aurora Office Space that WEA deems reasonably necessary to support the WEA Aurora Employees’ performance of their responsibilities (including communications and network facilities, telephone service, phone switches, MIS circuits and related equipment, and wiring); and moving, and otherwise assisting with the transition of, the WEA Aurora Employees from their office space as of the Amendment Effective Date to the Aurora Office Space. For the avoidance of doubt, Cinram shall only be required to provide for facilities comparable to what is being provided by Cinram to the WEA Aurora Employees at the Aurora Facility as of the Amendment Effective Date, and any additional material improvements, furniture, decorations or other items requested by WEA shall be at WEA’s sole cost.

5. Generally.
a. Cinram Distribution LLC’s Principal Place of Business. The clause in the introductory paragraph of each of the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement and US/Canada Transition Agreement that reads, “with its principal place of business at 948 Meridian Lake Drive, Aurora, IL 60504” is hereby deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following: “with its principal place of business at 437 Sanford Road, LaVergne, TN 37086”.
b. Services. The services and obligations required to be performed by Cinram under this Amendment shall be deemed to be “Services” for purposes of each of the M&P Terms, the PP&S Terms and the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement.
c. Liability and Indemnification. The parties acknowledge and agree that Cinram will be solely responsible for any notification and liability under the Worker Adjustment and Retraining Notification Act (29 U.S.C. §2102  et seq. ) or any similar state law, rule or regulation, if applicable, relating to any termination of any of Cinram’s or any other member of the Cinram Group’s employees, whether or not in connection with the closure of the Aurora Facility, the Transfer, or the other transactions contemplated hereby. Additionally, (i) subsection (iii) of Section 4(b) of the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement is hereby renumbered as subsection (iv), and the following clause is hereby inserted as new subsection (iii) of such Section 4(b): “the employees or other workers of Cinram or any other member of the Cinram Group, including any claims or liabilities related to Cinram’s or any other member of the Cinram Group’s termination of any such employee or worker”; and (ii) subsection (ii) of Section 3(b) of the US/Canada Transition Agreement is hereby renumbered as subsection (iii), and the following clause is hereby inserted as new subsection (ii) of such Section 3(b): “the employees or other workers of Cinram or any other member of the Cinram Group, including any claims or liabilities related to Cinram’s or any other member of the Cinram Group’s termination of any such employee or worker.”
d. Landlord Agreement. Cinram represents, warrants and covenants to WEA that (i) the Nashville Facility is leased and controlled by Cinram Distribution LLC, and (ii) as of the Amendment Effective Date it has used commercially reasonable efforts to, and within sixty (60) days after the Amendment Effective Date it shall, cause the landlord of the Nashville Facility to execute that certain landlord agreement attached as  Schedule 3 (Landlord Agreement) to this Amendment.
e. Insurance. Cinram shall continue to maintain all insurance that Cinram is required to maintain under the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement, as set forth on Schedule F to the M&P Terms and  Schedule C  to the PP&S Terms (the “ Required Insurance ”). As of the Amendment Effective Date, Cinram shall ensure that the Required Insurance covers, without limitation: (i) the Nashville Facility; (ii) the Transfer, including the shipment of Products and Source Materials from the Aurora Facility to the Nashville Facility; and (iii) the Aurora Office Space.
f. Credit Agreements. Cinram represents and warrants to WEA that Cinram’s execution of this Amendment does not and shall not require any modification to, or the approval of any other party to, any credit arrangements or agreements of Cinram or any other member of the Cinram Group.

6. Miscellaneous. Each of the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement and the US/Canada Transition Agreement, as amended by this Amendment (including all Schedules hereto, hereby incorporated herein by this reference), contains the entire understanding of the parties hereto relating to the subject matter thereof, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous oral and written agreements, arrangements, understandings, proposals, and discussions, and any amendments thereto, between the parties hereto relating to such subject matter (provided that WEA and Cinram acknowledge that this Amendment shall not modify or otherwise affect the International Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement or the International Transition Agreement). Except as expressly modified by this Amendment, all terms, conditions and provisions of the US/Canada Manufacturing and PP&S Agreement and US/Canada Transition Agreement shall continue in full force and effect as set forth therein. This Amendment may not be modified or amended except in writing executed by WEA and Cinram. Unless the context requires otherwise, as used in this Amendment the term “ including ” means “including, without limitation,” and the term “ include(s) ” means “include(s), without limitation.” Each party represents that it has the right, power and authority to enter into and fully perform this Amendment and to legally bind those entities on behalf of which it is entering into this Amendment.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Amendment to be executed by their duly authorized representatives as of the Amendment Effective Date.
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION

By:	 	/s/ Mike Jbara	
 	 	Name: Mike Jbara	
 	 	Title: President	
 	 	Date: February 15, 2012	
 	
CINRAM INTERNATIONAL INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ John H. Bell	
 	 	Name: John H. Bell	
 	 	Title: Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	Date: February 10, 2012	
 	
CINRAM MANUFACTURING LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ John H. Bell	
 	 	Name: John H. Bell	
 	 	Title: Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	Date: February 10, 2012	
 	
CINRAM DISTRIBUTION LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ John H. Bell	
 	 	Name: John H. Bell	
 	 	Title: Chief Financial Officer	
 	 	Date: February 10, 2012	

Schedule 1
Transfer Plan
[****]
[4 Pages]

Schedule 2
Back-Up Titles
[****]
[6 Pages]

Schedule 3
Landlord Agreement

Execution Version
 
LANDLORD AGREEMENT
This LANDLORD AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”) is entered into as of April 18, 2012 by and between INDUSTRIAL MS LOGISTEC OWNER LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (along with its successors and assigns, “Landlord”) and WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC CORPORATION (“ WEA ”).
A. Landlord and Cinram Distribution LLC (“Tenant”) are parties to that certain Standard Form Industrial Building Lease (Single Tenant), between Ozburn Properties, LLC (predecessor-in-interest to US Industrial REIT) and Tenant, dated as of February 13, 2004 (as amended, and as may be further amended, restated, supplemented, replaced, substituted, renewed, extended or modified from time to time, the “ Lease ”), as amended by that certain First Amendment to Industrial Building Lease, dated May 24, 2006, between US Industrial REIT ((Landlord’s predecessor-in-interest) and Tenant, and that certain Second Amendment to Industrial Building Lease, dated February 28, 2011, between Landlord and Tenant, pertaining to certain premises (the “ Premises ”) located at 437 Sanford Road, LaVergne, TN 37086 (the “ Building ”).
B. Landlord is the owner of the Building and the Premises, which have been leased to Tenant pursuant to the Lease.
C. Tenant and WEA have entered into (or will enter into from time to time) various service agreements (collectively, and in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced, renewed, extended or modified from time to time, the “ Service Agreements ”). Pursuant to the Service Agreements, Tenant renders various services to WEA with respect to optical discs such as CDs and DVDs, including replication (manufacturing), distribution, assembly, storage, warehousing, inventory, shipping and related services (the “ Services ”).
D. In connection with the Services, Tenant is in possession of certain property of WEA, defined below as the “WEA Property.”
E. Although WEA owns the WEA Property, as a precautionary measure, Tenant has granted a security interest in the WEA Property to WEA pursuant to the Service Agreements (such security interest being referred to herein as the “ Security Interest ”).
F. [****]
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the above recitals and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by Landlord, Landlord agrees as follows:
 
1.	Meanings of Certain Terms. As used in this Agreement:	
(a) The term “WEA Agreements” includes the Service Agreements and any and all documents with respect to any WEA Property entered into by WEA and Tenant or issued by Tenant in favour of WEA from time to time, in each case as amended, restated, supplemented, replaced, substituted, renewed, extended or otherwise modified, from time to time; and
 
1

Execution Version
 
(b) The term “WEA Property” means, singly and collectively, any and all of the following, now existing or hereafter acquired, created or in the possession, custody or control of Tenant at the Premises: [****]; provided, however, that the WEA Property expressly excludes any property that is owned by Landlord, or that relates to the Premises or the Building, including, without limitation, any property at the Premises or the Building constituting plumbing, electrical fixtures, walls and ceilings, HVAC systems and other fixtures.
(c) The term “Removal Period” shall mean, (a) with respect to the termination of the Lease due to a default thereunder, or such other early termination of the Lease agreed to by Landlord, the [****] period commencing on the date on which Landlord provides WEA with notice of such termination of Lease, (b) with respect to the termination of the Lease due to Tenant’s rejection thereof in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding, the [****] period commencing on the effective date of such Lease rejection, and (c) with respect to the expiration of the Lease pursuant to its terms, the [****] period commencing on the Lease expiration date, as same may be extended pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.
(d) Capitalized terms used herein, but not defined herein, shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Lease.
2. Acknowledgments and Consents.
(a) WEA represents and warrants that it is the owner of (or has a valid security interest in) the WEA Property now or hereafter located on the Premises;
(b) Intentionally Deleted.
(c) Landlord hereby grants, subject to the terms of this Agreement, permission for WEA and any person acting on behalf of WEA to enter upon the Premises for the purpose of inspecting or removing any of the WEA Property at any time and from time to time, prior to the expiration or earlier termination of the Term of the Lease; provided, however, that, subject to this Agreement, at the expiration of the Term of the Lease, whether by expiration or earlier termination thereof, subject to Section 8 hereof, Landlord shall have the right to remove all personal property located at the Premises, including, without limitation, the WEA Property, from the Premises and place it in storage, at the sole cost and expense of WEA and Tenant;
(d) Landlord consents to the granting of the Security Interest in favor of WEA and to all liens, security interests and rights of WEA in the WEA Property arising from the WEA Agreements;
(e) To the extent of Tenant’s interest in the WEA Property, Landlord subordinates all liens, quasi liens, security interests, claims, rights and demands of every kind (including, without limitation any “landlord’s lien” or the like) that Landlord now has or may hereafter have in, to or against the WEA Property located at any time on the Premises, whether by virtue of the Lease, any applicable law, or any agreement now in effect or hereafter executed by Landlord or Tenant; and
 
2

Execution Version
 
(f) Unless otherwise set forth in this Agreement, Landlord shall not take any steps or exercise any rights in relation to the WEA Property and/or the collateral that is the subject of the Security Interest.
3. Notice of Termination of Lease. Landlord agrees to provide WEA with copies of any Lease termination notice delivered to Tenant within four (4) business days after such notice is delivered to Tenant.
4. Intentionally Deleted.
5. Service Agreements and Security. Until such time as both (a) the Lease is terminated or expires and (b) the Removal Period expires, and provided that WEA complies with the provisions of this Agreement, including, without limitation, Section 8 hereof, Landlord agrees that it shall not interfere with the observance or the performance of the Service Agreements (including without limitation the Security Interest), subject to all of its rights and remedies under the Lease, including, without limitation, (1) the right to terminate the Lease, and (2) the right to enter or access the Premises (i) in order to conduct inspections, (ii) show the Premises to prospective tenants, purchasers or lenders, (iii) perform any repair or other obligation under the Lease that Tenant has failed to perform, or (iv) for any other reason permitted by the Lease.
6. Intentionally Deleted.
7. Intentionally Deleted.
8. WEA’s Right to Access and Remove the WEA Property.
8.1 Landlord acknowledges and agrees that, during the term of the Lease and the Removal Period, upon no less than three (3) business days’ prior written notice to Landlord, and provided that WEA complies with the terms of this Agreement, WEA shall be permitted to enter the Premises and access the WEA Property located on the Premises, in order to inspect, audit, foreclose, exercise remedies, render assistance to Tenant, retrieve, remove, or take possession, custody or control of or to recover any or all WEA Property from time to time and at any time, and to remove from the Premises some or all of the WEA Property at any time and from time to time, whether for its continued processing, completion and disposition, the exercise of rights and remedies or otherwise. Provided that WEA complies with all of the terms of this Agreement, including, without limitation, this Section 8, Landlord (i) expressly and specifically consents to WEA entering upon the Premises to deal with the WEA Property as provided herein, and (ii) subject to Landlord’s rights set forth herein and in the Lease, shall not interfere with or delay WEA from accessing, inspecting, possessing, removing, and dealing with the WEA Property as provided herein.
8.2 WEA shall, at its expense, (a) follow all Building rules and regulations and other directions given by Landlord or Landlord’s property manager or agent, or that may be otherwise set forth in the Lease, in effecting removal of the WEA Property from the Premises, and (b) promptly repair and/or restore or replace (if necessary), all property damaged by WEA or its agent, contractor, invitee or employee in connection with the removal of the WEA Property or entry onto the Premises. WEA shall indemnify, defend (with counsel selected by Landlord) and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, awards, damages, suits, actions,
 
3

Execution Version
 
amounts, costs, fees (including without limitation reasonable attorneys’ costs and fees) arising from or resulting from the entry onto the Premises by WEA, its agents, contractors, employees or invitees, or any other party authorized by WEA in connection with this Agreement, and WEA hereby releases Landlord, Landlord’s asset managers and property managers (and their respective officers, directors, shareholders, employees and agents) from any and all claims, suits, liabilities and damages for damage or loss to the WEA Property regardless of how the damage or loss occurs, except to the extent such damage or loss occurred as the result of the gross negligence or intentional misconduct of Landlord or its employees, agents, contractors or invitees.
8.3 If the Lease is terminated or expires and Landlord obtains, or has the right to obtain, possession of the Premises from Tenant, whether prior to or during the time that WEA or its employees, agents or contractors or invitees are on the Premises, and any WEA Property remains at the Premises at such time, then WEA shall be deemed to automatically lease that portion of the Premises on which the WEA Property is located from Landlord (the “ Removal Lease ”) for the duration of the Removal Period, for the purpose of storing, selling, processing or otherwise dealing with the WEA Property, such Removal Lease being on the same terms and conditions as set forth in the Lease, including, without limitation, the obligation to (a) pay to Landlord [****] of all Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges payable to Landlord under the Lease (collectively, the “ Rent Charges ”), and (b) provide to Landlord (i) evidence of payment of premiums of Tenant’s insurance in the same amounts (and same manner) required of Tenant under the Lease, including, without limitation, naming WEA as an additional insured, or (ii) evidence of insurance in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord. Nothing in the Removal Lease shall make WEA responsible or liable for any act or omission of Tenant or any employees or other representatives or agents of Tenant. At the commencement of the Removal Lease, WEA and Landlord’s property manager shall work together, in good faith, to establish an inventory list (the “ WEA Property List ”) of all WEA Property at the Premises and location thereof. If WEA reasonably determines that the Removal Period is not sufficient for it to locate, assemble and remove the WEA Property, and otherwise exercise its rights hereunder, then the Removal Period shall be extended for [****] upon (x) written notice of such extension to Landlord and (y) contemporaneously with such written notice, payment to Landlord of [****] of the Rent Charges payable to Landlord under the Lease for the extension period.
8.4 WEA shall remove all WEA Property from the Premises by the end of the Removal Period. If WEA shall fail to remove any WEA Property during the Removal Period, or breaches the Removal Lease or this Agreement, then all WEA Property remaining at the Premises after the Removal Period or upon such breach, as applicable, shall be deemed abandoned by WEA at the Premises and subject to all of Landlord’s rights under the Lease; provided, however, that any cost thereafter incurred by Landlord in connection with the WEA Property, including, without limitation, the cost of removal from the Premises, storage, and disposal, shall be the sole responsibility of WEA and shall be paid to Landlord on demand therefor. WEA shall remove all trash and debris in connection with or relating to the activities of WEA or its agent, contractor, employee or invitee on the Premises from the Premises and shall leave the Premises in broom clean condition solely to the extent that any such cleaning of the Premises arises out of, is connected or related to the activities of WEA or its agent, contractor, employee or invitee on the Premises. No auction or other sale will be conducted at the Premises or advertised in the media or by means of signage posted at the Premises. Unless otherwise
 
4

Execution Version
 
expressly prohibited by the Lease, Landlord and its property manager, agents, contractors, employees and invitees shall have the right to enter and have access to and perform work within the Premises during any period in which WEA has the right to enter upon the Premises.
9. Status of Lease. Landlord confirms that, as of the date of this Agreement, the Lease is in full force and effect, all rents due thereunder to the date hereof have been duly paid, subject to any year-end adjustments, and no notice of default has been served upon Tenant as of the date hereof which has default has not been cured, Landlord’s entry into this Agreement will not violate or conflict with any other agreements to which Landlord is a party; and Landlord is the owner of the Premises and the sole lessor under the Lease.
10. Other Rights Preserved. This Agreement is in addition to and not in substitution for any and all rights and remedies that may be otherwise available to WEA at law, or contained in any of the WEA Agreements; provided, however, Landlord shall not be bound by any of the terms of any of the WEA Agreements.
11. Notices. Without prejudice to any other method of giving notice, any demand, notice or communication to be made or given hereunder shall be in writing and may be made or given by courier or personal delivery or sent by registered mail or by transmittal by facsimile machine or e-mail addressed to the respective parties as follows:

 	 	To WEA:	  	Warner-Elektra-Atlantic Corporation
75 Rockefeller Plaza
New York, NY 10019
Attention: Ariel B. Taitz, SVP, Business & Legal Affairs
Fax: 212-275-3341
E-mail: ari.taitz@wmg.com	
 	 	 	
 	 	To Landlord:	  	Industrial MS Logistec Owner LLC
c/o Interventure Advisors LP
810 Seventh Avenue, Suite 3601
New York, New York 10019
Attention: Teresa Tsai
Fax: 646-376-4684
Email: Teresa.Tsai@InterventureAdvisors.com
 
with a copy to:
 
Carter
171 17th Street NW
Suite 1200
Atlanta, GA 30363-1032
Attention: Matthew Zimmerman
Fax: 404-888-3082
Email: mzimmerman@carterusa.com	
 
5

Execution Version
 
Any notice, demand or other communication so given prior to 5:00 p.m. (Eastern time) on a Business Day by courier or personal delivery or by telecopy or e-mail shall be deemed to have been given, received and made on such Business Day and if so given after 5:00 p.m. Eastern time) on a Business Day or a day which is not a Business Day, such notice, demand or other communication shall be deemed to have been given, made and received on the next following Business Day or if mailed, shall be deemed to have been given or received on the fourth Business Day after mailing. Any party may change its address for service by notice given in the foregoing manner. As used herein “ Business Day ” means any day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are generally open for business in Tennessee.
12. Further Assurances. The parties agree to promptly execute and deliver to each other upon request from time to time all such other and further documents, agreements and further assurances as may be necessary or desirable to more fully record, confirm or evidence the agreements, obligations, acknowledgments, consents, waivers, and subordination intended to be entered into herein. Landlord acknowledges and agrees that WEA may give notice to or a copy of this Agreement to Tenant, creditors of Tenant, anyone acting for, through or on behalf of Landlord or Tenant, successors or assigns of Landlord or Tenant, and anyone claiming an interest in the Premises or the Lease.
13. Transfers. WEA will not transfer or assign its rights under the Service Agreements or this Agreement except to a transferee of the Service Agreements who has agreed in writing with WEA (which may be by means of a general assumption of WEA’s rights and obligations) to be bound by this Agreement and to assume the obligations of WEA hereunder. WEA will give commercially reasonable written notice to Landlord of any transfer or assignment of WEA’s rights, the Service Agreements, the Security Interest, the WEA Property or this Agreement, together with a new notice address. If WEA transfers or assigns its rights, Service Agreements, Security Interest or this Agreement, to a transferee, then before the transferee enters the Premises, it will provide Landlord with reasonable evidence that the transferee has assumed the obligations of WEA. In the event that Landlord transfers or assigns all of its interest in the Premises or in the Lease (other than a collateral assignment of the Lease pursuant to a financing arrangement involving Landlord, Landlord’s affiliate or the Building), Landlord agrees that it shall (i) concurrently transfer or assign (as applicable) this Agreement and concurrently obtain from the transferee or assignee (as applicable) written acknowledgment of such transferee’s or assignee’s assumption of this Agreement and (ii) provide WEA with written notice of any such transfer or assignment. Landlord shall notify any maker of any mortgage that is secured by the Premises or the Lease of the existence of this Agreement if such notification is required under the loan documents evidencing and/or securing such loan facility.
14. Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon each of the parties hereto, its heirs, executors, administrators, successors, assigns, transferees, personal representatives, and anyone operating under the a party’s authority or instructions and anyone appointed in connection with the exercise of the party’s remedies, whether by instrument in writing or by the authority of a court of competent jurisdiction, and shall inure to the benefit of each of the parties and its successors and assigns; “successor” includes, without limitation, any corporation or other legal entity arising as a result of the amalgamation, consolidation, or merger of a corporation with any other corporation, or arising from any reorganization, bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, insolvency or similar proceeding of the relevant party, or in the case of Landlord, arising from any sale, assignment, exercise of rights or remedies, or foreclosure of any interest in the Lease or the Premises.
 
6

Execution Version
 
15. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State in which the Building is located applicable to contracts executed in and to be performed entirely within such jurisdiction. All actions and proceedings arising out of or relating to this Agreement shall be heard and determined in any federal or state court sitting in the County in which the Building is located, and the parties hereby irrevocably submit to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such action or proceeding and irrevocably waive the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any such action or proceeding.
16. Miscellaneous.
16.1 The section headings contained in this Agreement are solely for the purpose of reference, are not part of this Agreement and shall not in any way affect the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement.
16.2 The Agreement sets forth the entire understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings between the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.
16.3 This Agreement shall not be amended, or any of its provisions waived, other than by a written instrument duly executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on behalf of each of the parties hereto.
16.4 If any provision of this Agreement shall be determined to be invalid, unlawful, void or unenforceable to any extent, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be impaired or otherwise affected and shall continue to be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.
16.5 Intentionally Deleted.
16.6 The parties acknowledge and agree that this Agreement is the product of all their efforts and that this Agreement should not be interpreted in favour of any one party merely because of their efforts in preparing it. Any rule of law, legal decision or presumption that would require interpretation of any claimed ambiguity against the party drafting it shall have no application to this Agreement and is expressly waived.
16.7 This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which, when so executed, shall be deemed an original and which counterparts together shall constitute one and the same Agreement. This Agreement may be executed by facsimile or other electronic means, and any signature contained hereon by facsimile or other electronic means shall be deemed to be equivalent to an original signature for all purposes.
{Signature Page Follows}
 
7

Execution Version
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Agreement has been executed, sealed and delivered by the parties under the hand of their duly authorized officers in that behalf, as of the date first above written.

WEA:	 	 	 	Landlord:	
 	 	 	
WARNER-ELEKTRA-ATLANTIC
CORPORATION	 	 	 	INDUSTRIAL MS LOGISTEC OWNER LLC	
 	 	 	 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Ari Taitz	 	 	 	By:	 	Priyanka Garg	
Name:	 	Ari Taitz	 	 	 	Name:	 	Priyanka Garg	
Title:	 	SVP, Business Affairs and Development	 	 	 	Title:	 	Sr. Vice President	
Tenant executes this Agreement in order to acknowledge and accept the terms hereof. By executing this Agreement, Tenant confirms and ratifies that the obligations of Tenant under the Lease shall continue and shall in no way be limited, impaired, restricted or terminated by this Agreement.

Tenant:	
 	
CINRAM DISTRIBUTION LLC	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Howard Z. Berman	
Name:	 	Howard Z. Berman	
Title:	 	SVP and General Counsel	
 
8

Exhibit 10.2
5.10.12
WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.
10585 Santa Monica Boulevard
Los Angeles, CA 90025

 	 	 	 	 	 	May 10, 2012	
 	 	 	 	 	 	Effective January 1, 2012	
Cameron Strang
Dear Cameron:
Please refer to the employment agreement between Warner/Chappell Music, Inc. (“Company”) and you dated December 29, 2010 (the “Agreement”).
This letter, when countersigned, shall constitute our agreement to amend the Agreement as set forth herein. Unless otherwise indicated, capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth in the Agreement.
1. Paragraph 2 of the Agreement is hereby amended to extend the Term through December 31, 2015.
2. Paragraph 3(a) of the Agreement is hereby amended to provide that effective January 1, 2012 and throughout the remainder of the Term your salary shall be $1,750,000 per annum; provided that Company shall review your salary and consider in good faith increasing your salary effective January 1, 2015; provided further that whether Company increases your salary on such date shall remain in the sole discretion of Company.
3. Paragraph 3(b) of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“Annual Discretionary Bonus: With respect to each fiscal year of the Term commencing with the fiscal year that begins October 1, 2011 and ends September 30, 2012 (i.e., the 2012 fiscal year), Company shall consider granting to you an annual bonus (or a pro rata portion of such annual bonus for a portion of such year) (the “Annual Bonus”). The amount of any Annual Bonus awarded to you shall be determined by Company in its sole discretion based on factors including the strength of your performance and the performance of Company and of Warner Music Group (“WMG”). You shall have the opportunity at the start of each fiscal year to provide meaningful input to Company with respect to the formulation of pre-established performance goals for such annual bonus; provided that the final determination of such performance goals shall remain in the sole discretion of Company. Such annual bonus shall be paid to you no later than such time when bonuses are paid generally to U.S. senior executives of
 
ADC 31713-4

WMG with respect to such fiscal year. If during any fiscal year of the Term Steve Cooper ceases to serve as an officer or director of WMG, the Chairman of the Compensation Committee of the WMG Board of Directors shall, after discussions with you, and considering in good faith your recommendation regarding an appropriate bonus target, determine your target bonus for such fiscal and subsequent fiscal years.”
4. Paragraph 5 of the Agreement is hereby amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“Reporting and Duties: You shall at all times work under the direct supervision and direction of the Chief Executive Officer of Warner Music Group Corp. (currently, Steve Cooper) or, in the absence of an officer of Warner Music Group Corp. having such title, to the senior-most executive officer of Warner Music Group Corp. In the event of an assignment of the Agreement in accordance with Paragraph 17(e), you shall report directly to the senior-most executive of Warner Music Group Corp.’s successor-in-interest. You shall be the most senior executive of Company. All other employees of Company (including employees in Company’s foreign countries) shall report exclusively, either directly to you, or in an ascending chain of authority ending with you; provided, that, employees of Company may have reporting lines on a “dotted-line” basis to senior executives of Warner Music Group Corp. You shall have authority over the hiring and dismissal of all of Company’s employees, subject to the authority of the officer to whom you report and the legal and human resources policies of Company. Your duties, authorities and responsibilities shall include (a) the overall management and operation of Company’s worldwide business, including, without limitation, authority over the general business affairs of the Company, A&R decisions, entering into or terminating material agreements (including, but not limited to, artist contracts and acquisitions or dispositions of music catalogues) and (b) such other duties, authorities and responsibilities relating to any aspect of Warner Music Group’s business as may be designated by the officer to whom you report from time to time without modification of your compensation; provided that any such duties, authorities and responsibilities shall be appropriate in light of your level and stature. Your authority with respect to the areas set forth in clauses (a) and (b) above shall be subject only to the authority of the officer to whom you report and the policies of Company that are applicable to employees generally.”
5. Paragraph 8 of the Agreement is hereby amended to add the following sentence at the end thereof:
“In addition and without limiting the foregoing, you will be eligible to participate in any long term incentive plan or arrangement made available to any members of senior management of the Company or Warner Music Group Corp., at a level commensurate with your position with the Company as determined by Company in good faith.”
6. The first sentence of Paragraph 11(e) of the Agreement amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:
“(e) Special Termination Payments” shall mean (i) the Basic Termination Payments; plus (ii) the greater of (A) the “Severance Amount” (as defined below) and (B) the sum of $1,312,500. In addition, Company shall pay to you any awarded but unpaid bonus earned with respect to any fiscal year ending on or preceding the Termination Date.”
 
ADC 31713-4

Except as expressly amended herein, the terms and provisions of the Agreement shall remain in full force and effect.
If the foregoing correctly sets forth our understanding, please sign below and return this agreement to Company.

  WARNER/CHAPPELL MUSIC, INC.	
 	 	
By:	 	/s/ Mark Ansorge	

Accepted and Agreed:	
 	
/s/ Cameron Strang	
Cameron Strang	
 
ADC 31713-4

Exhibit 31.1
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER CERTIFICATION
I, Stephen Cooper, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2012 of Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: May 15, 2012

/s/    STEPHEN COOPER        	
Chief Executive Officer	
(Principal Executive Officer)	

Exhibit 31.2
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER CERTIFICATION
I, Brian Roberts, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this quarterly report on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2012 of Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Registrant”);
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the Registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the Registrant and have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the Registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the Registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the Registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the Registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the Registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the Registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the Registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.
Dated: May 15, 2012

/s/    BRIAN ROBERTS        	
Chief Financial Officer	
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)	

Exhibit 32.1
Certification of the Chief Executive Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Stephen Cooper, Chief Executive Officer of the Company certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: May 15, 2012

/s/    STEPHEN COOPER        	
Stephen Cooper	
Chief Executive Officer	

Exhibit 32.2
Certification of the Chief Financial Officer
Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
As Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
In connection with the Quarterly Report of Warner Music Group Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 10-Q for the period ended March 31, 2012 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), I, Brian Roberts, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:
(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and
(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
Dated: May 15, 2012

/s/    BRIAN ROBERTS        	
Brian Roberts	
Chief Financial Officer